CH1 Photo Electric Sensors

Contents 1 - Photo-electric sensors
Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2
1 b Osiconcept : Offering Simplicity through innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14

b General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/16
b Osiris Universel, Osiconcept

b Design 18, metal or plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/28
b Miniature design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/34
2 b
b
Compact design , 50 x 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact design, 30 x 92 x 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
page 1/40
page 1/44
Osiris Optimum
b Design 18
v Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/30
3 v Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/32
b Miniature design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/36
b Compact design, 50 x 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/42
b Compact design, 30 x 92 x 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/46
Osiris Forks design

4 b Optical fork with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/48
b Optical fork with laser transmission and with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/50
b Optical fork with teach mode for detection of labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/52
b Ultrasonic fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/54
5 Osiris Applications
b Metal case, cylindrical, threaded M8x1 for assembly series. . . . . . . . . . . page 1/56
b Miniature design for conveyor system and access control series. . . . . . . page 1/58
b Miniature design, metal for assembly series and machine tools. . . . . . . . page 1/60
b Miniature design with laser transmission and teach mode
for assembly series and conveyor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/64
6
Osiris Fibre design Universel and Optimum
b Amplifiers with teach mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/66
b Fibre optic light guides
for Osiris Universel et Optimum amplificateurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/68
b Glass fibre optics for amplificateurs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/78
7 b Ecofibre system in plastic for customer assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/84
b Amplificateur, Optimum for plastic or glass fibre optics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/86
Osiris Application, packaging series

b Detection of contrast
8 v Compact design 50 X 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/88

v Fibre design, with teach mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/90
v Compact Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/92
b Luminescence sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/94
b Illumination sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/96
b For detection of transparent materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/98
9 b For detection of tranparent materials, with teach mode and automatic

compensation for accumulation of dirt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/100
b For colour detection, sorting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/102
b For colour detection, hight performance series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/106
b For colour detection, high resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/110
10
1/0
Osiris Application, food and beverage series
b Thru-beam system for detection of water and aqueous liquids. . . . . . . . page 1/112
b Design 18, metal, stainless steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/114 1
b Stainless steel case M18 x 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/116
Osiris Application, materials handling series

b Design 18, laser transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/120
b
b
Dynamic detection of passage of objects, counting parts. . . . . . . . . . . .
with analog output signal 420 mA and 010 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
page 1/122
page 1/124 2
b with analog output signal 420 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/126
b Thru-beam system with high excess gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/128
b Laser transmission
with analog output signal 420 mA and 010 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/130
b With adjustable background suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b Laser transmission With background suppression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
page 1/132
page 1/134 3
b Diffuse with 2 channels using triangulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/136
Osiris Application, other formats

b Compact design, Solid-state output
with stability LED and alarm output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
b Compact design, 1 C/O time delay relay output
page 1/138
4
with stability LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/140
b Compact design, general use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/142
b For conveyor system and access control series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/148
b Optical fork type with integral amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/150
b Design 18, a.c. or d.c. supply, solid-state output
with adjustable sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/152 5
Osiris Application, tertiary sector series
b For monitoring flow control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/154
b With integral buzzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/158
Osiris Universel, Optimum et Application

6
b Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/160
b General, curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/166
b Substitution table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/178
10
1/1
Selection guide Photo-electric sensors
Osiris Universal
Format Design 18
1 Osiconcept
3 Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 18, threaded M18 x 1

L: 6292 (1)
Case Plastic Metal
Maximum Without accessory (diffuse with 0.12 0.12

sensing background suppression)
distance (m) Without accessory (diffuse) 0.40 0.40
4 related to
system With reflector (polarised reflex) 3 3
With reflector (reflex)
With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) 20 20
Degree of protection IP65 IP65

IP67 IP67
p p
5
Supply c
a
z
Output Solid-state (PNP or NPN) (1) Solid-state (PNP or NPN) (1)
NO or NC (programmable) NO or NC (programmable)
Connection Pre-cabled p p
Connector p p
6 Type reference
Screw terminals
XUB0A

XUB0B
Page 1/28 1/28
(1) Depending on model.
10
1/2
Osiris Universal
Miniature design Compact design, 50 x 50 Compact design
Osiconcept Osiconcept Osiconcept

1
Pre-cabled: 12 x 34 x 20
M8 connector: 12 x 45 x 20
18 x 50 x 50 30 x 92 x 77 3
Plastic
0.10 0.28 1.3
0.55 1.2 3
4 5.7 15 4

14 35 60
IP65 IP65 IP65

IP67 IP67
p p p
5
p p
Solid-state (PNP or NPN) (1) Solid-state (PNP and NPN) or 1 NC/NO relay (1) Solid-state (PNP and NPN) or 1 NC/NO relay (1)
NO or NC (programmable) NO or NC (programmable) NO or NC (programmable)
p p
p p p
XUM 0A

XUK 0A
p
XUX 0A
6
1/34 1/40 1/44
10
1/3
Osiris Optimum
Format Design 18
Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 18, threaded M18 x 1
3
L: 4692 (1)
Case Plastic Metal
Maximum Without accessory (diffuse with

sensing background suppression)
distance (m) Without accessory (diffuse) 0.15 or 00.8 (2) 0.15 or 00.8 (2)
related to
system With reflector (polarised reflex) 3 3
4 With reflector (reflex) 5.5 5.5

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) 20 20
Degree of protection IP65 IP65

IP67 IP67
Supply c p p
5
a
z
Output Solid-state (PNP or NPN) (1) Solid-state (PNP or NPN) (1)
NO or NC (1) NO or NC (1)
Connection Pre-cabled p p
Connector p p
Screw terminals
6 Type reference XUBpA XUBpB
Page 1/30 1/31

(2) Adjustable model.
10
1/4
Osiris Optimum
Miniature design Compact design, 50 x 50 Compact design
10.8 x 33.4 x 20 18 x 50 x 50 30 x 92 x 77
Plastic 3

1, with adjustable sensitivity 1.5 3

2 or 5 depending on reflector used, with adjustable 8 15
sensitivity
10 20 4
15, with adjustable sensitivity 45 60
IP65 IP65 IP65

IP67 IP67
p p p
5

p p
Solid-state (PNP or NPN) (1) Solid-state (PNP and NPN) or 1 NC/NO relay (1) Solid-state (PNP and NPN) or 1 NC/NO relay (1)
NO/NC (configuration switch) NO or NC (1) NO or NC (1)
p p
p p p
p
XUM pA XUK pA XUX pA 6

1/36 1/42 1/46
10
1/5
Osiris Forks
Recommended applications Detection of labels Detection on Detection of Detection of

on moving belt. vibrating rail. opaque labels transparent labels
1
Detection of sheet Detection of
feed on printing transparent objects
machine
4 Format Optical fork Laser optical fork Optical fork Ultrasonic fork
Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm Passageway: 2 to 120 12 x 37.5 x 80 16 x 47.3 x 90.5

Depth: 42, 59, 95
Case Metal Metal Metal Metal
5 Sensing
distance (m)
Diffuse with background suppression
Diffuse

related to
system
Polarised reflex
Reflex
Thru-beam 2... 120 (1) (2) 3 or 5 (2) 3
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
6
Supply c p p p p
a
z
Output PNP/NPN (3) PNP/NPN (3) PNP and NPN PNP and NPN
7 NO/NC (4) NO/NC (4) NO/NC (4) NO/NC (4)
Connection Pre-cabled
Connector p p p p
Screw terminals
8 Type reference XUY FNEPp

XUY FANEPp
XUY FLNEPp
XUY FALNEPp
XUY FA98p XUVU06
Page 1/48 1/50 1/52 1/54

(1) With or without teach mode, depending on model.
9
(3) Depending on wiring.
(4) By programming.
10
1/6
Osiris Application
Assembly Conveying Assembly and Conveying and Amplifier and fibre optics
machine tools assembly
Diameter 8
metal range
Detection of
objects on
conveyor and
Miniature,
metal
Miniature,
laser with
teach mode
Amplifier,
Universal and
Optimum
Plastic
fibre optics
with end
Glass
fibre optics
with end
Ecofibre
concept
Bare fibre
Amplifier,
Optimum 1
access control fittings fittings optics and
Robustness end fittings
and savings in supplied
space on separately for
machine customer
assembly
2
Design 8 Miniature design Miniature design Miniature design Fibre design Fibre design 4
8, threaded 20 x 32 x 13 16.2 x 41.15 x 29.5 12 x 32 x 20 10 x 40 x 65 Length (2): Length (2) : Length (2) : 13 x 72.2 x 30
M8 x 1 10 x 40 x 13.5 (amplifier) 1 m, 2 m or 0.6 m, 1 m, 1 m, 10 m or 13 x 76.7 x 30
L: 40 10m 1.5m or 2m 50m
Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Plastic Plastic Glass Plastic Plastic
(amplifier)
0.05
p
p

p
p

0.0060.095

6 to 95 (2)

80
Sensing
distance:
Sensing
distance 5
(3) 70 mm to depending on
4000 mm (2) fibre used
p p p

2 p p 0.0502 (3) 30 to 2500 (2) 80 or 200 (2)
IP 65 (2) IP 65 and IP65 IP67 IP 65 (amplifier) IP 64, IP 641 IP65
IP 67 (2) IP67 IP67
IP 69K
IP 64 (fibres) (2)
IP 65, IP 651
6
(2)
p p p p p p

Solid-state PNP or NPN PNP or NPN PNP Solid-state PNP/NPN
(PNP or NPN) NO/NC (1) NO/NC (PNP or NPN)
(1)
NO/NC dpg.
on wiring or 7
NO or NC programmable
(programmable) dpg. on model
p p p p p p
p p p p p

XUA XUYpp989 XUMpB XUYppp929 XUD A XUF XUYFVp XUYAp XUY
XUYFPp AFp966
8
AFp946
1/56 1/58 1/60 1/64 1/66 1/68 1/78 1/84 1/86
(1) Depending on wiring.
9
(3) Depending on fibres.
10
1/7
Osiris Application
Recommended applications Packaging
1 Colour mark
readers
Colour mark
readers
Colour mark
readers
Luminescence
sensors
Illumination
sensors
Detection of Detection of Detection of Detection of Verifying

reference reference reference invisible operation of
marks, marks on marks, reference indicator lights
contrasting marks,
2
contrasting packaging
colours and paper, tubes colours and markings,
markings on markings on adhesives,
packaging, packaging, varnishes, etc.
printing, printing, Sensitive to the
labelling labelling bluing agents
machines, etc. machines, etc. generally
present in inks,
adhesives,
3 varnishes, etc.
5 Format Compact design Fibre design Compact Design 18 Fibre design

design
Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 50 x 50 x 15 13 x 72 x 30 30 x 87 x 63 18, threaded 13 x 76.7 x 30

31 x 81 x 58 M18 x 1
L: 82
6 Case Plastic Plastic Metal Plastic
Sensing Diffuse with background suppression Sensing

distance (m) distance
related to Diffuse 0.019 p 0.009 0.02 depending on
system fibre used
7 Polarised reflex
Reflex
Thru-beam
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP65
8 Supply c p p p p p
a
z
Output Solid-state (PNP or NPN) Solid-state PNP/NPN

(PNP) NO/NC
9 (programmable)
Connector p p p p p
Screw terminals
Type reference XUK R XUYDCF XURK XU5M XUYAFL

10 pp966S pp966S
Page 1/88 1/90 1/92 1/94 1/96
1/8
Osiris Application
Packaging Food and beverage processing
Detection of any
transparent object
For detection of colours,
sorting
For detection
of colours.
High
High
resolution
sensor
Detection of water
and aqueous
liquids
STAINLESS STEEL
cylindrical sensor
(grade 304 CU)
1
performance
series
Bottle, flask, containers, film, Recognises colours for sorting Detection of: For control of Level in opaque For use in vicinity of food
etc. or checking parts - 5 digital high and low flasks etc. or beverage processing
colours levels, machines
- 26 coded simultaneous
colours verification of
presence of
2
up to 4
components,
high precision
monitoring of
movement
Design 18 Compact Compact Compact Compact Multi-channel Compact design Design 18 Design 18 5
design design design or design and amplifier
50 x 50 50 x 50 fibre design fibre design
18, 18 x 50 x 50 50 x 50 x 25 30 x 80 x 57 45 x 99 x 32.5 45 x 99 x 32.5 13 x 47 x 23 18, 18,
threaded 25 x 92 x 54 threaded threaded
M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1
L: 64, 78 or L: 64...92 L: 62...88
92
Plastic or Plastic Plastic Metal Plastic Plastic Plastic Stainless Stainless 6
stainless steel steel
steel (2)
Sensing 0.12
distance
0.020 0.0400.060 370 (1) depending on 0.3 0.10
0.0400.250 fibre used
0...1.4 (with
(1)
2 2
7
reflector)
1.5 4
370 (1) 50 15 15
IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 (2) IP 40 (sensor) IP40 IP65 IP67, IP69K IP67
IP67
p p p
IP67 (2)
p
IP 65 (fibre)
p p p p p 8

Solid-state (PNP or NPN) P output PNP, NPN Solid-state Solid-state Solid-state

P input NO/NC, (PNP or NPN) (PNP and (PNP and
NO/NC,
selectable
selectable NPN) NPN)
9
p p p p p p
p p p p p p p

XUBT XUKT XUK C XURC XUY XUY AF XUMW XUB 0Sp XUpN18
LCLARp CLARYp 10
1/98 1/100 1/102 1/104 1/106 1/110 1/112 1/114 1/116
(1) Depending on fibres used.
1/9
Osiris Application
Recommended applications Materials handling
1 Laser Detection and

counting of objects
being fed to or
Diffuse with analogue output
exiting a machine
Measurement, servo control, position control,

eccentricity monitoring, concentricity
monitoring, etc.
Format Design 18 Frame design Compact design Design 18
4 Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 18, threaded 15 x 50 x 108 27 x 85 x 61 18, threaded

M18 x 1 15 x 86 x 131 M18 x 1
25 x 230 x L: 82
205/265/335
Case Plastic or Metal Plastic Metal
brass (1)
5
Sensing Diffuse with background suppression
distance (m)
related to Diffuse 0.200.80 0.050.4
system
Polarised reflex
Reflex
6 Thru-beam 0...100 with teach

mode
0.03, 0.06, 0.12,
0.18, 0.25 (1)

Degree of protection IP67 IP65 IP67 IP67
Supply c p p p p
a
7 Output
z
PNP, NPN

PNP or NPN

Analogue (PNP)

NO/NC by
programming
Connection Pre-cabled p
Connector p p p
Screw terminals p
8 Type reference XUBL XUVF XUJ XU5M
Page 1/120 1/122 1/124 1/126
10
1/10
Osiris Application
Materials handling
Thru-beam with high

excess gain
Laser transmission Diffuse with background
suppression
Diffuse with background
suppression, laser
transmission
Diffuse with 2 channels
using triangulation, with
background suppression
1
Detection of objects in Monitoring dimensions in High precision, detection of High precision, detection of
difficult environments series, monitoring roundness any dark or shiny object, any dark or shiny object,
(smoke, dust, mist, etc.). of a wheel including small sized including small sized
Measuring opacity
2
Design 18 Compact design Compact design Compact design Compact design
18, threaded
50 x 50
17 x 50 x 50
50 x 50
18 x 50 x 50 18 x 60 x 60 18 x 60 x 60
4
M18 x 1
L: 82
Metal Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic
5
1 Adjustable from Adjustable from
50 to 300 mm 50 to 600 mm
p

50 6
IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65
p p p p p

Solid-state (PNP) + analogue

Solid-state (PNP) + analogue

Solid-state (PNP or NPN)

PNP and NPN

PNP and NPN
7
NO/NC depending on wiring NO/NC programmable
p p
p p p p p

XU2M XUYPpp925 XUK8 XUYPS1p XUYPS2p 8
1/128 1/130 1/132 1/134 1/136
10
1/11
Osiris Application
Recommended applications Other formats
1 With stability LED.

With alarm output
(for XUC pAK only)
General use Conveying Fork type
Detection of flags in
lifts and transtockers.
2 Integrated amplifier
4
Format Compact design Compact design Fork design
Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 45 x 95 x 44 18 x 70 x 35 29 x 95 x 60 14 x 58 x 68
5 Case Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic
Sensing Diffuse with background suppression 1.2

distance (m) Diffuse 0.7 1.5 or 4 (1)
related to
system Polarised reflex 6 4 (with 80 mm 6 or 10 (1)
reflector)
Reflex 6 (with 80 mm
6 Thru-beam 50
reflector)
8 p 0.03
Degree of protection IP 67 and NEMA 4X IP67 IP 65 and IP 67 IP54
Supply c p p p p
a p p
z p
7 Output Solid-state - PNP or

NPN (XUC pAK)
Solid-state (PNP or
NPN)
PNP/NPN
or
Solid-state (PNP or
NPN)
1 C/O relay Relay
(XUC pAR) NO/NC programable
Connection Pre-cabled p p p
Connector p p
Screw terminals p
8 Type reference XUC XUL XUY XUV

p 952/954
Page 1/138 1/142 1/148 1/150
10
1/12
Osiris Application
18 AC/DC Building, tertiary sectors Accessories Safety
2-wire a.c. or d.c. supply Monitoring of

movement, relay
output
Monitoring of
movement, relay
output
Monitoring of
movement with
audible signalling
Reflectors, fixing
clamps, mounting
and adjustment
Surveillance using
single-beam light curtains
(1)
1
(buzzer), relay accessories, etc.
output
4
Design 18 Compact design Compact design Compact design Accessories Design 18 light curtains
18, threaded M18 x 1 18 x 50 x 50 18 x 70 x 45 27 x 85 x 61 18, threaded M18 x 1

L: 82...110 L: 6395 (2)
Metal Plastic Plastic Plastic Metal or plastic
5
0.12
0.4
2
7 with 50 x 50 mm 6 6
15
reflector
8 6
IP67 IP65 IP67 IP40 IP67 (XU2S)
p (XU2S)

p p p p p (XPSCE)
Solid-state 1 C/O relay 1 C/O relay 1 N/O relay Solid-state
7
p p p p (XU2S)
p p (XU2S)
p p (XPSCE)
XUpM18 XUK 1AR XUL XUJB XUZp XU2S + XPSCE 8
1/152 1/154 1/156 1/158 1/160 Refer to our Safety
solutions catalogue
(1) Preventa XPS CE safety module + 1 to 4 thru-beam pairs of photo-electric sensors XU2S.
10
1/13
General 1
Photo-electric sensors 1
Osiris
Osiconcept: Offering Simplicity through Innovation
Principle
1 In proposing the Osiconcept technology, Schneider Electric brand offers simplicity

through innovation.
b With Osiconcept, a single product meets all optical detection needs.

Indeed, at the press of the Teach mode pushbutton, the product automatically takes
1 up an optimum configuration to meet the applications requirements.
Max. sensing 1 Direct detection of the object.
2
distance
2 Direct detection with background suppression.
3 Reflector detection (reflector accessory).
4 Optical receiver detection (transmitter accessory for thru-beam use).
2
b But Osiconcept also means:
vincreased performance:
sensing distance guaranteed and optimized for each application,
3
Max. sensing
distance v simplified use:
intuitive setting-up and reduced, simpler maintenance,
v lower costs:
the number of references has been divided by 10 to simplify selection and
3 procurement and significantly decrease storage costs,
v guaranteed maximum productivity.
4 Max. sensing
distance
5 Max. sensing
distance
Straightforward N/O or N/C output

No object
b Irrespective of the detection mode used (diffuse, reflex, thru-beam, etc), the
output signals become either N/O or N/C (1).
6 NO
NC b Osiconcept means immediate, intuitive setting-up accessible to all.
(1) The product is delivered in N/O configuration. N/O or N/C is selected by simply pressing the
Object present Teach mode button.
NO
7 NC
Mounting accessories
8 Schneider Electric brand proposes a complete, inexpensive range of mounting and

protection accessories (conventional or 3D brackets and clamps) providing solutions
to all setting-up and adjustment problems.
10
1/14
Presentation 1
Osiris
Osiconcept: Offering Simplicity through Innovation
Design Cylindrical 18 Miniature Compact 50 x 50 Compact
Dimensions (l x h x d) in mm M18 x 64 12 x 34 x 20 18 x 50 x 50 30 x 92 x 77
Maximum
sensing distance
Without accessory with background
suppression
0.12 0.10 0.28 1.3 3
in m Without accessory 0.4 0.55 1.2 3
With polarised reflector 3 4 5.7 15
With thru-beam accessory 20 14 35 60
Supply c Solid-state output b b b b
z Relay output b b
4

Connection Pre-cabled b b b
Connector b b b b
Screw terminals b
Sensor type XUB0 XUM0 XUK0 XUX0
Page 1/28 1/34 1/40 1/44
Sensing distances (see table above) Sensing distance without accessory with background suppression 5
b Without accessory, the Osiconcept cell detects objects irrespective of their colour
or background.
b A clean environment is recommended.
400 mm
6
Sensing distance without accessory
b Beyond the sensing distance with background suppression, the same Osiconcept
cell without accessory detects objects but may be influenced by the backgrounds
7
and colour of the objects to be detected.
400 mm
Sensing distance with polarised reflector

b By installing a reflector opposite, the same Osiconcept cell detects objects
irrespective of their shininess and colour.
8
b The reflector diameter must be smaller than the diameter of the object to be
detected.
b The larger the area of the reflector the longer the sensing distance.
Example: with a XUZ C50 reflector, the beam will be 50 x 50 mm.
Depending on reflector
Sensing distance with thru-beam transmitter accessory

9
b After setting-up and connecting a thru-beam transmitter accessory opposite, the
same Osiconcept cell detects objects irrespective of their shininess, colour or
background.
b The detection distance is a maximum.
b The cell and the thru-beam transmitter must be carefully aligned.
b Good resistance to contamination and dust. 10
20 mm
1/15
General 1
Standards and certifications Recommendation

Parameters related to the environment The sensors detailed in this catalogue are designed for use in standard industrial applications
1 relating to presence detection.

These sensors do not incorporate the required redundant electrical circuit enabling their usage
in safety applications.
C %
75 100 For safety applications, please refer to our Safety solutions using Preventa catalogue.
Temperature
Relative humidity
50 80 Quality control
Our photo-electric sensors are subject to special precautions in order to guarantee their
25 60 reliability in the most arduous industrial environments.
2 0 20
b Qualification
v The product characteristics stated in this catalogue are subject to a qualification procedure
carried out in our laboratories.
- 25 0 v In particular, the products are subjected to climatic cycle tests for 3000hours whilst
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 powered-up to verify their ability to maintain their characteristics over time.
- 25 + 55 C cycle, 85% RH b Production
v The electrical characteristics and sensing distances at both ambient temperature and extreme
temperatures are 100% checked.
3 Temperature C v Products are randomly selected during the course of production and subjected to monitoring
Humidity as % tests relating to all their characteristics.
b Customer returns
v If, in spite of all these precautions, defective products are returned to us, they are subject to
systematic analysis and corrective actions are implemented to eliminate the risks of the fault
recurring.
Immunity to ambient light
4
b Osiris photo-electric sensors use the pulsed light principle. This provides a high degree of
immunity to spurious light that conforms to standard IEC 60947-5-2.
Resistance to electromagnetic interference

The photo-electric sensors are tested in accordance with the recommendations of the
standard IEC60947-5-2
b Electrostatic discharges IEC/EN 61000-4-2
z 15 kV version, level 4
5 c 8 kV version, level 3
b Radiated electromagnetic fields (electromagnetic IEC/EN 61000-4-3

waves) 10 V/metre, level 3
6
b Fast transients in salvos (motor start/stop interference) IEC/EN 61000-4-4
2 kV, level 4
7
b Impulse voltages, lightning IEC 60947-5-2
z 2.5 kV version
c 1 kV version
8
Mechanical shock resistance
The sensors are tested in accordance with standard IEC 60068-2-27,
30 gn, duration 11 ms.
Vibration resistance
9 The sensors are tested in accordance with standard IEC 60068-2-6,
7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm, f = 1055 Hz.
Resistance to chemicals in the environment

b Owing to the very wide range of chemicals encountered in industry, it is very difficult to give
general guidelines common to all sensors.
b To ensure lasting efficient operation, it is essential that any chemicals coming into contact with
10
the sensors will not affect their casing and, in doing so, prevent their reliable operation (please
refer to the characteristics pages for the various sensors).
In all cases, the materials selected (see product characteristics) provide satisfactory
compatibility in most industrial environments (for further information, please consult your
Regional Sales Office).
1/16
General (continued) 1
Principle of optical detection Composition of a photo-electric sensor

A photo-electric sensor basically comprises a light beam transmitter (light-emitting diode) and a
light-sensitive receiver (photo-transistor).
A light-emitting diode is an electronic semi-conductor component that emits light when an electric 1
current flows through it. This light can be visible or invisible, depending on the transmission
wavelength.
Detection occurs when an object enters the transmitted light beam and, in so doing, affects the
intensity of the light at the receiver. As the light intensity at the receiver decreases a point is
1 2 3 4 reached whereby the output of the sensor changes state.
1 Light beam transmitter 2

2 Light beam receiver
3 Signal processing stage
4 Output stage
Light spectrum
10 A Depending on the model and application requirements, the transmission beam is either non
1 nm 400 nm 750 nm 3 m
visible infrared (most common case) or ultraviolet (detection of luminescent materials). It may
1 2
100 200 300
3 4
500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
5 also be visible red or green (colour mark reading etc.) and laser red (long sensing distance and
short focal length).
3
Modulation
The advantage of LEDs is their very fast response. To render the system insensitive to ambient
light, the current flowing through the LED is modulated so as to produce a pulsed light
transmission.
1 X rays, 2 Ultraviolet, 3 Visible light,
4
Only the pulsed signal will be used by the photo-transistor and processed to control the load.
4 Near infrared, 5 Far infrared
Detection systems Thru-beam systemor Osiconcept with thru-beam accessory

b Advantages
v Long sensing distance(up to 60 m).
v Very precise detection, high repeat accuracy.
v Detection not affected by colour of object.
v Good resistance to difficult environments (dust, grime, etc.).
b Drawbacks
v 2 units to be wired.
5
v The object to be detected must be opaque.
v Precise alignment required, which can be difficult since the sensor transmits in the infrared
range (invisible).
b Operating precautions
v When several sensors are used, care must be taken to ensure that no sensor is disrupted by
502964
another sensor (e.g. alternate mounting of transmitter/receiver etc.).
6
Advantages of Osiconcept with thru-beam accessory
b Easy alignment
v The sensor transmits in the visible red range during the alignment phase.
v 3 LEDs providing setting-up assistance.
Polarised reflex system or Osiconcept with reflector accessory

b
v
Advantages
Medium sensing distance(up to 15 m).
7
v Precise detection.
v Only one unit to be wired.
v Detection not affected by colour of object.
v Visible red beam transmission.
b Drawbacks
v Precise alignment required.
v The object to be detected must be opaque and larger than the reflector.
8
v When several sensors are used, they must be aligned in such a manner that no sensor is
disrupted by another sensor.
v For short distance detection use a reflector with large trihedrons, type XUZC24.
v For long distance detection use a reflector XUZC50 or XUZC80.
v To increase the sensing distance use reflector XUZC100.
9
v If reflective tape is used, use rolls of tape XUZB11 or XUZB15 which are specially adapted
for polarised reflex systems.
Advantages of Osiconcept with reflector accessory

b Easy alignment
v 3 LEDs providing setting-up assistance.
v The anti-interference function enables 2 sensors to be used without specific alignment
precautions.
b Semi-transparent objects can be detected by using the Osiconcept object teach mode.
10
1/17
Detection systems (continued) Diffuse system or Osiconcept

b Advantage
1 v Only one unit to be wired.
b Drawbacks
v Short sensing distance.
v Sensitivity to object or background colour differences.
v Object sighting line difficult since the sensor transmits in the infrared range (invisible).
2
b Advantages of Osiconcept
v Easy alignment:
- the sensor transmits in the visible red range during the alignment phase,
- 3 LEDs providing setting-up assistance,
- the anti-interference function enables 2 sensors to be used without specific alignment
precautions.
v Refined detection
The position of the object can be detected using the teach mode.
3 Diffuse, with or without background suppression, system or Osiconcept

b Advantages
v Only one unit to be wired.
v Detection not affected by colour of object or background.
b Drawbacks
v Short sensing distance.
v Object sighting line difficult since the sensor transmits in the infrared range (invisible).
4 v Detection can be affected by the objects direction of movement. To overcome this
phenomenon (the hat effect), it is recommended that the sensor is mounted so that the object
simultaneously breaks the beam of both lenses.
v Easy alignment:
- the sensor transmits in the visible red range during the alignment phase,
5 - 3 LEDs providing setting-up assistance,

- the anti-interference function enables 2 sensors to be used without specific alignment
precautions,
- the hat effect is minimised using the background teach mode.
v Refined detection
The position of the object can be detected using the teach mode.
Specific systems Fibre optics
6 b The fibre acts as a light conductor. Light rays entering the fibre at a certain angle are conveyed
to the required location, with minimum loss.
b Separate amplifier.
v Size kept to minimum.
v This system enables detection of very small objects (approximately 1 mm).
v And, detection is very precise.
Plastic fibres
7 1 2
v The core of the fibre is flexible plastic (PMMA). In general, there is only a single fibre of
diameter 0.25 to 1 mm, depending on the model.
v Fibres are used with amplifiers transmitting red light.
v Minimum bend radius:
- 10 mm for fibres with 0.25 mm diameter core,
- 25 mm for fibres with 1 mm diameter core.
b Advantages: fibres can be cut to the required length.
1 Core
8 2 Sheath
Glass fibres
v The core of the fibre is silica. For maximum flexibility, each fibre comprises numerous strands
that are approximately 50 in diameter.
v Fibres are used with amplifiers transmitting infrared or red light.
v Minimum bend radius:
- 10 mm with plastic sheath,
- 90 mm with stainless steel sheath.
9 b Advantages
v Fibres suitable for use at high temperatures (250 C).
v Fibres with stainless steel sheath provide protection against mechanical impact and crushing.
10
1/18
Detection curves Thru-beam system

b The zone indicates the positioning tolerance of the receiver.
T R
1
T
R
2
b The zone represents the usable sensing zone of the system. Any opaque object
entering this zone breaks the beam and causes the sensors output to change state. 1
1 Ideal detection
2 Acceptable detection
T = transmitter
R = receiver
d y Sn d y Sn
Polarised reflex system 2

1 2 b The zone indicates the positioning tolerance of the reflector.
T/R T/R b The zone represents the usable sensing zone of the system. Any opaque object
entering this zone breaks the beam and causes the sensors output to change state.
1 Ideal detection
2 Acceptable detection
T = transmitter
3
Sn Sn
R = receiver
Diffuse, with or without background suppression, system

b The zone represents the sensors sensitivity zone.
All of this zone is usable: any object that is adequately reflective entering this zone, in the
direction of the arrow, will cause the sensors output to change state. The black line corresponds
T/R to a light colour surface and the blue line to a darker colour surface.
b A test using the object to be detected will determine the zone of sensitivity in relation to its 4
reflection coefficient.
90% white object
18% grey object
Sn For specific aspects of diffuse systems see page 1/16.
Object 20 x 20 cm T = transmitter
R = receiver
Excess gain Operating margin 5

To ensure correct operation of a sensor in spite of environmental constraints, the sensors feature
gain
an operating margin.
500 This margin can be expressed in terms of excess gain, which is the ratio:
Excess gain = Signal level received / Signal required for switching.
100 For all Osiris sensors
50 b The nominal sensing distance Sn is defined as the sensing distance with an excess gain
of 2, i.e. the sensing distance for which the sensor receives twice as much light energy as it 6
10
strictly needs to switch it.
b The maximum sensing distance is defined as the sensing distance with an excess gain of
5
1. It corresponds to the maximum detection value.
2
1 The use of the sensor at the nominal sensing distance ensures the sensors correct operation in
0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 15 30 D (m) normal operating conditions.
Smax.
7
Sn
In extreme conditions, refer to the following setting-up recommendations:
- clean environment: work at nominal sensing distance Sn,
- slightly polluted environment: work at sensing distance Sn/2,
- moderately polluted environment: work at sensing distance Sn/4,
- heavily polluted environment: preferably use Osiconcept sensors with thru-beam accessory
(or the thru-beam system) with a sensing distance Sn/10.
Optical alignment aid

1,2
A red LED assists setting-up by illuminating when optimum alignment of the sensor is achieved. 8
1 1 Signal level
1
0,8 2 Red LED, on , off
3 Green LED, on , off
4 Optimum alignment
2
3
4 9
10
1/19
Outputs 2-wire technique a or z

/ b Specific aspects
1
BN
These sensors are wired in series with the load to be switched.
As a consequence, they are subject to:
BU
v A residual current in the open state (current flowing through the sensor in the open state),
/ v A voltage drop in the closed state (voltage drop across the sensors terminals in the closed
state).
b Advantages
v Only 2 wires to be connected. They can be wired in series in the same way as mechanical
limit switches.
2
v For use on 2-wire c, they can be connected to either positive (PNP) or negative (NPN) logic
PLC inputs.
v No risk of incorrect connections.
v Check the possible effects of residual current and voltage drop on the actuator or input
connected.
v These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection and therefore, it is
essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
3 3-wire technique c
BN + BN + b Specific aspects
PNP NPN v These sensors comprise 2 wires for the d.c. supply and a 3rd wire for the output signal.
BK BK v PNP type: switching the positive side to the load.
BU BU v NPN type: switching the negative side to the load.
b Advantages
v No residual current, low voltage drop.
4 PNP
BN
BK
+
NPN
BN
BK
+
BU BU
5-wire technique a or z, relay output
5
b Specific aspects
BK
v Sensors incorporating output relay. The supply and output circuits are electrically separate.
OG b Advantages
RD
BN v a or c supply with a wide voltage range.
BU v High breaking capacity (approximately 3 A).
v Direct control of a simple automation system.
v Availability of a NO (normally open) contact and a NC (normally closed) contact.
v The sensor/relay contact galvanic isolation is 1500 to 2500 V, depending on the model.
6 b Operating precautions
v Low switching frequency. Check that it is suitable for the application.
v Limited service life of relay. Check that it is suitable for the application.
Analogue technique
b Specific aspects
7
1 2
+ + There are two output configurations:
3 4 3 5 v Voltage output: the output voltage varies in proportion to the distance between the sensor and
the object to be detected.
Vs v Current output: the output current varies in proportion to the distance between the sensor and
6 6 the object to be detected.
mA
D 1 D b Advantage
1
v Availability of a physical item of data proportional to the distance between the sensor and the
object to be detected.
8 b Operating precautions
v Refer to the detailed descriptions of the sensor to assess the relative influence of the colour
of the object to be detected.
1 Voltage output
2 Current output
10
1/20
Outputs (continued) Output functions

In the past, the output functions of photo-electric sensors were always governed by the light/
dark principle, i.e. the output would be activated on light being received for light switching and
the output would be activated on light not being received for dark switching. 1
This called for fastidious programming specific to each detection mode.
Now, the output functions of the Osiris range of photo-electric sensors are in phase with
the language of the automation system engineer, i.e. NO (normally open) or NC (normally
closed).
b Advantages
2
v NO output (or NO programming for Osiconcept sensors): irrespective of the detection mode,
the output of the sensor is activated when the object to be detected is present.
v NC output (or NC programming for Osiconcept sensors): irrespective of the detection mode,
the output of the sensor is activated when the object to be detected is not present.
v By default, the output is NO programmed, i.e. the output of the sensor is activated when the
object to be detected is present.
v By pressing the teach button, the output can programmed to NC, i.e. the output of the sensor
is activated when the object to be detected is not present.
System NO output or Yellow NC output or Yellow

3
NO LED NC LED
programming programming
Object present
Diffuse Activated On Not activated Off
4
Diffuse with Activated On Not activated Off
background
suppression
Reflex Activated On Not activated Off

5
Polarised Activated On Not activated Off
reflex
Thru-beam Activated On Not activated Off

6
Time delay on beam make
Yes
No No object present
t
Diffuse Not activated Off Activated On
On
NO
Off 7
Output
t
Diffuse with Not activated Off Activated On
NC On background
Off suppression
Time delay on beam break
8
Reflex Not activated Off Activated On
Yes
No t
On Polarised Not activated Off Activated On
NO
Off reflex
Output
9
NC On
Off Thru-beam Not activated Off Activated On
Monostable
Yes
Output signal time delay
No
t t b Certain sensor models (XUK, XUX and XUD) incorporate a time delay output.
NO
On
Off
b
b
These time delays enable simple automation systems to be established.
There are three types of time delay: 10
t t v Time delay on beam make (ON delay).
Output
v Time delay on beam break (OFF delay).

On
NC v Monostable (one shot).
Off
1/21
Connections All our sensors are available either in pre-cabled version (except XUX; screw terminal with cable
gland version) or connector version.
1
The connectors used are:
M12 (4-pin) M8 (4-pin) 1/2 20UNF (3-pin)
1
4 3
WH
BN
BU
BK
1 2 2 3
1 b Types of connection
1 Factory fitted moulded cable: good protection against splashing liquids.
2 2 Connector: easy installation and maintenance.
3 Screw terminals: flexibility, cable runs to required length.
b Wiring advice
v Length of cable: no limitation up to 200m or up to a line capacitance of < 0.1mF
(characteristics of sensors remain unaffected). In this case, it is important to take into account
the voltage drop on the line.
v Separation of control and power circuit wiring: the sensors are immune to electrical
interference encountered in normal industrial conditions. Where extreme conditions of electrical
3 2 noise could occur (motors etc.), it is advisable to protect against transients in the normal way:
- suppress interference at source and filter the power supply,
- separate power and control wiring from each other,
- ensure the HF equipotentiality of the site,
- limit the length of cable,
- connect the sensor with supply switched off.
v Dust and damp protection of connections: the level of dust and damp protection depends on
how carefully the cable glands or connectors are tightened. To efficiently protect the sensors from
dust and damp, select the correct diameter cable for the cable gland used.
4 Cable gland Diameter of cable
Minimum Maximum
9P 6 8
11P 8 10
13P 10 12
3 ISO 16 7 10
5 ISO 20 10 12
Complementary functions Diagnostics, beam break test
A test input enables the transmitted beam to be broken in order to verify that the output of the
BN +
sensor changes state.
BN +
Fault diagnostics regarding correct operation of the sensor can therefore be carried out.
VI VI
1 Beam made
6 1 BU 2 BU
2 Beam broken
VI: test input for breaking transmitted beam.
BK Synchronisation inputs (inhibition function)

The synchronisation input determines the operation of the sensor, i.e. activates it or inhibits it,
depending on whether a signal is present on the input.
Complex detection may, for example, depend on the presence of the object to be detected.
3
7 1
Application example: verification of presence of stopper in a bottle
Using the synchronisation input of the amplifier makes it possible to verify the presence of a
stopper in a bottle and also, to feed this information to a PLC in the form S = no stopper present.
This is achieved by two detections: presence of bottle (synchronisation sensor 2) and absence
GR of stopper (optical sensing head 3).
Advantages
v Very fast processing speed (not related to cycle time of PLC).
v Saves use of a PLC input.
v This delocalised function can be used in an autonomous way, without a PLC, to directly
8 BK
control an actuator for removal of the defective product.
1 Amplifier, type XUV (PNP)

2 Diffuse system photo-electric sensor (PNP/NO),
detection of bottle presence/absence
3 Convergent optical head XUVN02428,
detection of stopper presence/absence
BK: output signal wires from the amplifier and the sensor
9 2
GR: synchronisation input wire of the amplifier
Verification of correct operation

In the event of dirty lenses (reflectors), an excessively polluted atmosphere or a slight
disturbance of optical alignment (mechanical impact on support), the level of light energy
received by the sensor will decrease until it ceases to operate.
10 To overcome this problem, all our products incorporate:

- a red alarm LED,
- an alarm output, for connection in the automation system, to warn the operator that the
operation of the sensor is stable but close to its limits (applies to sensors XUM, XUK, XUX, XUD).
1/22
Specific aspects of electronic sensors Terminology

Residual current (Ir)
1
Ir
mA v The residual current (Ir) corresponds to the current flowing through the sensor when in the
open state.
v Characteristic of 2-wire type sensors.
XU
Voltage drop (Ud)
2
Ud v The voltage drop (Ud) corresponds to the voltage drop at the sensors terminals when in the
V closed state (value measured at nominal current rating of sensor).
v Characteristic of 2-wire type sensors.
XU
First-up delay
1 The first-up delay corresponds to the time (t) between the connection of the power supply to the
2 sensor and its fully operational state.
3
1 Supply voltage U on
3 2 Sensor operational at state 1
t
3 Sensor at state 0
Delays
v Response time (Ra): the time delay between the object to be detected entering the sensors
operating zone and the subsequent change of output state. This parameter limits the speed and
size of the object.
Ra Rr v Recovery time (Rr): the time delay between an object to be detected leaving the sensors
operating zone and the subsequent change of output state. This parameter limits the interval
between successive objects.
4
Power supplies
Sensors for a.c. circuits (a and z models)
Check that the voltage limits of the sensor are compatible with the nominal voltage of the a.c.
supply used.
Sensors for d.c. circuits (c models)

b d.c. source: check that the voltage limits of the sensor and the acceptable level of ripple are
5
compatible with the supply used.
b a.c. source (comprising transformer, rectifier, smoothing capacitor): the supply voltage must
be within the operating limits specified for the sensor.
v Where the voltage is derived from a single-phase a.c. supply, the voltage must be rectified and
smoothed to ensure that:
- the peak voltage of the d.c. supply is lower than the maximum voltage rating of the sensor.
Peak voltage = nominal voltage x 2
- the minimum voltage of the supply is greater than the minimum voltage rating of the sensor,
6
given that:
DV = (I x t) / C
DV = max. ripple: 10% (V),
I = anticipated load current (mA),
t = period of 1 cycle (10 ms full-wave rectified for a 50Hz supply frequency),
C = capacitance (F).
v As a general rule, use a transformer with a lower secondary voltage (Ue) than the required
d.c. voltage (U). 7
Example: a 18 V to obtain c 24 V, a 36 V to obtain c 48 V. Fit a smoothing capacitor of
400 F minimum per sensor, or 2000 F minimum per Ampere required.
10
1/23
Setting-up precautions Connection in series

2-wire type sensors
1 b The following points should be taken into account:
v Series wiring is only possible using sensors with wide voltage limits.
Based on the assumption that each sensor has the same residual current value, each sensor, in
the open state, will share the supply voltage, i.e.
U supply
U sensor = .
n sensors
U sensor and U supply must remain within the sensors voltage limits.
2 v If only one sensor in the circuit is in the open state, it will be supplied at a voltage almost equal
to the supply voltage.
v When in the closed state, a small voltage drop is present across each sensor. The resultant
loss of voltage at the load will be the sum of the individual voltage drops and therefore, the load
voltage should be selected accordingly.
3-wire type sensors

Sensor 3 This connection method is not recommended.
3 b Correct operation of the sensors cannot be assured and, if this method is used, tests should
be made before installation.
b The following points should be taken into account:
Sensor 2 v The first sensor carries the load current in addition to the no-load current consumption values
of the other sensors connected in series. For certain models, this connection method is not
possible unless a current limiting resistor is used.
Sensor 1 v When in the closed state, a small voltage drop is present across each sensor. The load should
therefore be selected accordingly.
v As sensor 1 closes, sensor 2 does not operate until a certain time (t) has elapsed
4 (corresponding to the first-up delay) and likewise for the following sensors in the sequence.
v The use of flywheel diodes is recommended when an inductive load is being switched.
U Wiring sensors to devices with mechanical contact

2 and 3-wire type sensors
5
b The following points should be taken into account:
v When the mechanical contact is open, the sensor is not supplied.
v When the contact closes, the sensor does not operate until a certain time (t) has elapsed
(corresponding to the first-up delay).
b In scheme 1, as the external contact opens, the voltage transient caused by the breaking of
1 2 3 the inductive load will appear inside the sensor and, if greater than the recommended max.
insulation voltage, may cause a flashover within the sensor.
v The return path of this voltage will be back to one line of the supply, through the sensor, and
should flashover occur anywhere on the printed circuit board, severe damage could occur.
6 v It is therefore recommended to use schemes 2 or 3.
7 Connection in parallel
2-wire type sensors
This connection method is not recommended.
b Should one of the sensors be in the closed state, the sensor in parallel will be shorted-out
and no longer supplied. As the first sensor passes into the open state, the second sensor will
become energised and will be subject to its first-up delay.
b This configuration is only permissible where the sensors will be working alternately.
b This method of connection can lead to irreversible damage of the units.
8
3-wire type sensors
b No specific restrictions. The use of flywheel diodes is recommended when an inductive load
(relay) is being switched.
9 Wiring sensors to devices with mechanical contact

2 and 3-wire type sensors
b No specific restrictions.
v For these sensors, the supply and output circuits are electrically separate.
v The sensor/relay contact galvanic isolation is 1500 to 2500 V, depending on the model.
v The maximum voltage, depending on the model, across each contact is a 250 V.
10
1/24
Setting-up precautions (continued) a.c. supply

b 2-wire type sensors cannot be connected directly to an a.c. supply.
v This would result in immediate destruction of the sensor and considerable danger to the user.
v An appropriate load (refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor) must always be 1
connected in series with the sensor.
Capacitive load (C > 0.1 mF) 2

b On power-up, it is necessary to limit (by resistor) the charging current of the capacitive load C.
v The voltage drop in the sensor can also be taken into account by subtracting it from the supply
R voltage for the calculation of R.
C U (supply)
R=
I max. (sensor)
3
Load comprising an incandescent lamp
b If the load comprises an incandescent lamp, the cold state resistance can be 10 times lower
than the hot state resistance. This can cause very high current levels on switching. Fit a pre-heat
resistor in parallel with the sensor.
4
U2
R= x 10 , U = supply voltage and P = lamp power
P
10
1/25
Fast troubleshooting guide

Problem Possible causes Remedy
1 The sensors output will not change state when an object
enters the operating zone
On an Osiconcept sensor:
setting-up error (detection mode
b Use the detection mode display option. After a RESET,
follow the environment teach mode procedure.
programming)
Output stage faulty or complete b Check that the sensor is compatible with the supply
failure of the sensor (in either case, being used.
the sensor must be replaced), or the b Check the load current characteristics:
short-circuit protection has tripped. v if load current I maximum switching capacity, an
auxiliary relay, of the CAD N type for example, should be
2 interposed between the sensor and the load.
v if I maximum switching capacity, check for wiring
faults (short-circuit).
b In all cases, a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse should be fitted in
series with the sensor.
Wiring error b Check that the wiring conforms to the wiring shown on
the sensor label or instruction sheet.
3 Supply fault b Check that the sensor is compatible with the supply (a
or c).
b Check that the supply voltage is within the voltage limits
of the sensor. Remember that with a rectified, smoothed
supply,
(U peak = U nominal x 2 with a ripple voltage of 10%).
4 With a reflex system:

incorrectuseor poor state of
reflector
b The reflex system must operate in conjunction with a
reflector. Adhere to the operating distances and check the
alignment between the sensor and the reflector.
b Replace the reflector if it has been damaged.
b Clean the reflector and sensor lenses.
Influence of ambient light b Make sure that the sensor is not dazzled by stray light
(neon, sun, oven, etc.).
5
b Fit a lens hood or turn the sensor.
False or erratic operation, with or without the presence of On an Osiconcept sensor: b Use the detection mode display option. After a RESET,
an object in the operating zone setting-up error (detection mode follow the environment teach mode procedure.
programming)
Influence of background or surface b Refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor.
condition of the object to be detected For sensors with adjustable sensitivity, reduce or increase
(stray reflections) the sensing distance.
6 Operating distance poorly defined

for the reflector or object to be
b Apply the correction coefficients.
b Realign the system.
detected b Clean the sensor lenses and reflector, or, if damaged,
replace it.
Influence of immediate environment b Check the cleanliness of the lenses and reflector.
b Fit a lens hood, where required.
7 Influence of transient interference

on the supply lines
b Ensure that any d.c. supplies, when derived from
rectified a.c., are correctly smoothed (C > 400 F).
b Separate a.c. power cables from low-level d.c. cables
(c 24 V low level).
b Where very long distances are involved, use suitable
cable: screened and twisted pairs of the correct cross-
sectional area.
8 Equipment prone to emitting

electromagnetic interference
b Position the sensors as far away as possible from any
sources of interference.
Response time of the sensor too b Check the suitability of the sensor for the position or
slow for the particular object being shape of the object to be detected.
detected b If necessary, select a sensor with a higher switching
frequency.
9 Influence of high temperature b Eliminate sources of radiated heat or protect the sensor
casing with a heat shield.
b Realign, having adjusted the temperature around the
fixing support.
Influence of ambient light b Make sure that the sensor is not disrupted by a
intermittent source of light (flashing light, rotating mirror
beacon, hinged mirror, reflective door, etc.).
10 b Fit a lens hood or turn the sensor.
1/26
Fast troubleshooting guide (continued)

Problem Possible causes Remedy
No detection following a period of service Vibration, shock b Realign the system
b Replace the support or protect the sensor.
1
Deterioration of relay contact b On an inductive load, use an RC suppressor connected
in parallel with the load.
b To eliminate contact contamination, the minimum
current recommended is 15 mA.
b Relay output models are not recommended for fast
counting of objects since their service life is too short. Use
models with a solid-state output. 2
Dusty atmosphere b Clean the lenses and reflector with a soft cloth.
Note: 3
b Sensors with a test input enable automatic verification of their correct operation.
b Sensors with an alarm output enable the operator to be informed, for preventive maintenance purposes, that the operating limits of sensors have been reached
(dirty etc.).
10
1/27
References 1
Osiris Universal, Osiconcept

(1)
Design 18, metal or plastic
Three-wire, d.c. supply, solid-state output
18 metal
550055
Pre-cabled (2)
1 Sensing
distance (Sn) (3)
Function Output Line of sight Reference Weight
kg
m
015 N/O or N/C, PNP Along case axis XUB0BPSNL2 0.105
XUB0pppNL2 depending on using 90 to case axis XUB0BPSWL2 (5) 0.110
whether Osiconcept
NPN Along case axis XUB0BNSNL2 0.105
accessories programming
90 to case axis XUB0BNSWL2 (5) 0.110
550001
are used
2 M12 connector
015 N/O or N/C, PNP Along case axis XUB0BPSNM12 0.055
depending on using 90 to case axis XUB0BPSWM12 (5) 0.060
whether Osiconcept
NPN Along case axis XUB0BNSNM12 0.055
XUB0pppWL2 are used 90 to case axis XUB0BNSWM12 (5) 0.060
Accessories
3 Description Connec- Line of sight Reference Weight

550002
tion kg
Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled Along case axis XUB0BKSNL2T 0.105
(2) 90 to case axis XUB0BKSWL2T (5) 0.110
M12 Along case axis XUB0BKSNM12T 0.055
connector 90 to case axis XUB0BKSWM12T (5) 0.060
Reflector 50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.020
4
XUB0pppNM12
18 plastic
Pre-cabled (2)
550000
Sensing Function Output Line of sight Reference Weight

distance (Sn) (3) kg
m
015 N/O or N/C, PNP Along case axis XUB0APSNL2 0.095
depending on using 90 to case axis XUB0APSWL2 (5) 0.100
5 whether
accessories
are used
Osiconcept
programming
NPN Along case axis
90 to case axis
XUB0ANSNL2
XUB0ANSWL2 (5)
0.095
0.100
XUB0pppWM12
M12 connector
015 N/O or N/C, PNP Along case axis XUB0APSNM12 0.045
depending on using 90 to case axis XUB0APSWM12 (5) 0.050
whether Osiconcept
NPN Along case axis XUB0ANSNM12 0.045
6 are used 90 to case axis XUB0ANSWM12 (5) 0.050

805799
Accessories
Description Connec- Line of sight Reference Weight
tion kg
Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled Along case axis XUB0AKSNL2T 0.095
520312
(2) 90 to case axis XUB0AKSWL2T (5) 0.100

M12 Along case axis XUB0AKSNM12T 0.045
7 XUZC50
Reflector 50 x 50 mm
connector 90 to case axis

XUB0AKSWM12T (5) 0.050
XUZC50 0.020
550003
Fixing accessories (4)

Description Reference Weight
kg
3D fixing kit for use on M12 rod for XUB or XUZC50 XUZB2003 0.170
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
8 Support for M12 rod

Stainless steel mounting bracket
XUZ2003
XUZA118
0.150
0.045
Plastic mounting bracket adjustable with ball-joint XUZA218 0.035
XUZB2003 (1) For further information on Osiconcept, see page 1/14.
(2) For a 5 m long cable, replace L2 with L5.
For example, XUB0BPSNL2 becomes XUB0BPSNL5.
(3) For further information, see page 1/29.
805817

9 (5) For line of sight 90 to case axis versions, see the sensing distances on page 1/29.
XUZ 2001
XUZA118
520984
10
805818
XUZA218 XUZ2003
1/28
Characteristics, Photo-electric sensors 1
schemes, Osiris Universal, Osiconcept

(1)
curves, Design 18, metal or plastic

dimensions 1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUB0ppppM12, XUB0ppppM12T XUB0ppppL2, XUB0ppppL2T
Product certifications
Connection Connector
UL, CSA, e
M12
1
Pre-cabled Length 2 m
Sensing distance Line of sight Line of sight Accessory
nominal Sn / maximum along case axis 90 to case axis
(excess gain = 2) (excess gain = 1) m 0.12 / 0.12 0.11 / 0.11 Without (diffuse system with adjustable
background suppression)
m
m
0.3 / 0.4
2/3
0.2 / 0.3
1.5 / 2
Without (diffuse system)
With reflector (polarised reflex)
2
m 15 / 20 10 / 14 With thru-beam transmitter (thru-beam)
Type of transmission Infrared, except for polarised reflex (red)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67, double insulation i
Storage temperature range C - 40+ 70
Operating temperature range C - 25+ 55
Materials
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
Case: nickel plated brass for XUB 0B or PBT for XUB 0A; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR
7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
3
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUB0ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED
Instability Red LED (except for XUB0ppppppT)
Rated supply voltage V c 1224 with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits (including ripple)
Current consumption, no-load
V
mA
c 1036
35 (20 for XUB0ppppppT)
4
Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Voltage drop, closed state V 1.5
Maximum switching frequency Hz 250
Delays First-up ms < 200
5
Response ms <2
Recovery ms <2
Connections
M12 connector Pre-cabled Receiver with PNP output Receiver with NPN output Thru-beam transmitter
4 3 3 (-)
1 (+) (-) BU (Blue)
BN/1 + BN/1 + 1/BN
PNP BK/4 NPN 2/VI
4 OUT/Output (+) BN (Brown) BK/4
3/BU
1 2 2 Beam break
input (2)
OUT/Output BK (Black)
Beam break input (2)
VI (Violet)
BU/3 BU/3 2/VI input:
- not connected: beam made
6
See connection on page 9/44. - connected to : beam broken
Detection curves (Line of sight along case axis)

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) Without accessory Without accessory (diffuse With reflector
(diffuse system) system with adjustable (polarised reflex)
15
6
4
7
12 mm
2
10 15 20 m 40 12 cm 3m
-2
8 2
-15 -4
-6 2
30 cm 12 cm
Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90 %, 2 grey 18 %

Variation of usable sensing distance Su (without accessory, with adjustable background suppression)
With reflector XUZC50 8
Teach mode at minimum Teach mode at maximum
B A-B : object reflection B
coefficient
Black 6 %
Grey 18 %
9
White 90 %
Sensing range
Non sensing zone
A 1 8 10 (matt surfaces) A 1 9 12 17 S (cm)
S (cm)
Dimensions
XUB
Pre-cabled (mm) Plug-in connector (mm)
b 18 line of sight along case axis

a
64 (3)
b
44
a
78 (2)
b
44
10
a 18 line of sight to case axis 78 44 92 44
(1) For further information on Osiconcept, see page 1/14.
(2) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only.
(3) For XUB0ppppppT, 64 becomes 62 mm and 78 becomes 76 mm.
1/29
References 1
Osiris Optimum

Design 18, plastic

Connector
1 distance (Sn) kg
550009
m
Diffuse system
0.1 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB4APANM12 0.040
90 to case axis XUB4APAWM12 0.040
NPN Along case axis XUB4ANANM12 0.040
XUBpAppNM12 90 to case axis XUB4ANAWM12 0.040
2 N/C PNP Along case axis

90 to case axis
XUB4APBNM12
XUB4APBWM12
0.040
0.040
550010
NPN Along case axis XUB4ANBNM12 0.040

90 to case axis XUB4ANBWM12 0.040
Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity
0.6 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB5APANM12 0.045
3 XUBpAppNL2
NPN Along case axis
90 to case axis
XUB5ANANM12
XUB5ANAWM12
0.045
0.050
N/C PNP Along case axis XUB5APBNM12 0.045
520983
90 to case axis XUB5APBWM12 0.050

4 Polarised reflex system

2 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB9APANM12 0.040
XUBpAppWM12 NPN Along case axis XUB9ANANM12 0.040
90 to case axis XUB9ANAWM12 0.040
520982
5 NPN Along case axis

90 to case axis
XUB9ANBNM12
XUB9ANBWM12
0.040
0.040
Reflector XUZC50 0.020
50 x 50 mm
Reflex system
XUBpAppWL2
4 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB1APANM12 0.040
805799
6
520312
NPN Along case axis XUB1ANANM12 0.040

90 to case axis XUB1ANAWM12 0.040
XUZC50 Reflector XUZC50 0.020
7 50 x 50 mm
Thru-beam system
550003
Transmitter Along case axis XUB2AKSNM12T 0.040

15 90 to case axis XUB2AKSWM12T 0.040
Receiver N/O PNP Along case axis XUB2APANM12R 0.040
15 90 to case axis XUB2APAWM12R 0.040
NPN Along case axis XUB2ANANM12R 0.040
8 N/C PNP
90 to case axis
Along case axis
XUB2ANAWM12R
XUB2APBNM12R
0.040
0.040
XUZ 2001 90 to case axis XUB2APBWM12R 0.040
XUZ B2003
NPN Along case axis XUB2ANBNM12R 0.040
90 to case axis XUB2ANBWM12R 0.040
520984
9
805817
kg
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
XUZ 2003 Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150
XUZ A118
Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045
Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035
805817
10 Pre-cabled
For a pre-cabled sensor, replace M12 with L2 for a 2 m cable, or with L5 for a 5m cable.
Example: XUB1APANM12 becomes XUB1APANL2 for a 2 m cable and XUB1APANL5 for a
5 m cable.
XUZ A218
1/30
schemes, Osiris Optimum
curves, Design 18, plastic

dimensions 1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9 XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9
UL, CSA, e
M12
1
Pre-cabled Length: 2 m
Sensing distance m 0.1 / 0.15 diffuse system
nominal Sn / maximum m 0.6 / 0.8 diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity
(excess gain = 2) (excess gain = 1)
m 2 / 3 polarised reflex
m 4 / 5.5 reflex
Type of transmission
m 15 / 20 thru-beam
Infrared, except for polarised reflex (red)
2
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP65, IP67 double insulation i
Materials Case PBT
Lens
Cable
PMMA
PvR
3
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (except for XUB 2ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED (only for XUB 2ppppppT)
4
Voltage limits (including ripple) V c 1036
Current consumption, no-load mA 35
Switching capacity mA y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

5
Response ms <1
Recovery ms <1
Connections
M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter
6
4 3
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue)
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown) BN/1 + BN/1 + 1/BN
4 OUT/Output (OUT/Output) BK (Black) PNP BK/4 (NO/NC) NPN 2/VI
2 Beam break Beam break input (1) BK/4 (NO/NC) 3/BU
1 2
input (1) VI (Violet)
BU/3 BU/3
See connection on page 9/44
2/VI input:
- connected to : beam broken
7
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Diffuse system Diffuse system with Reflex system Polarised reflex system
adjustable sensitivity
of beam
cm cm cm cm cm
8
10 6
15 4
12 mm 4 E/R 2
15 80
m 5 cm cm 4 m 2 3 m
10 15 -4 2 -2 0,2
-15 -4
-10
10 cm 60 cm -6
1,4
1
2 x 101cm; 1 White 90 %; 2 Grey 18 %
Object 10 With reflector XUZ C50 With reflector XUZ C50
Dimensions
-1
10 cm 9
XUB -1,4

a b a b
b
18 line of sight along case axis 46 (2) 28 60 (1) 28
a
18 line of sight 90 to case axis
18 line of sight along case axis XUB5
62
62
28
44
76
76
28
44 10
18 line of sight 90 to case axis XUB5 78 44 92 44
(2) For XUB9pppppp (polarised reflex) 46 becomes 48 mm and 60 becomes 62 mm.
1/31
References 1
Osiris Optimum

Design 18, metal

Connector
1
550009
distance (Sn) kg
m
Diffuse system
0.1 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB4BPANM12 0.050
90 to case axis XUB4BPAWM12 0.050
XUBpBppNM12 NPN Along case axis XUB4BNANM12 0.050
90 to case axis XUB4BNAWM12 0.050
2 N/C PNP Along case axis XUB4BPBNM12 0.050

520983
90 to case axis XUB4BPBWM12 0.050

NPN Along case axis XUB4BNBNM12 0.050
90 to case axis XUB4BNBWM12 0.050
0.6 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB5BPANM12 0.055
3
XUBpBppNL2
NPN Along case axis XUB5BNANM12 0.055
N/C PNP Along case axis XUB5BPBNM12 0.055
520983

4 Polarised reflex system

2 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB9BPANM12 0.050
XUBpBppWM12 90 to case axis XUB9BPAWM12 0.050
520982

5 NPN Along case axis

90 to case axis
XUB9BNBNM12
XUB9BNBWM12
0.050
0.050
50 x 50 mm
XUBpBppWL2 Reflex system
4 N/O PNP Along case axis XUB1BPANM12 0.050
6
520312

805799

7
XUZC50
50 x 50 mm
Thru-beam system
550003
Transmitter Along case axis XUB2BKSNM12T 0.050

15 90 to case axis XUB2BKSWM12T 0.050
Receiver N/O PNP Along case axis XUB2BPANM12R 0.050
15 90 to case axis XUB2BPAWM12R 0.050
NPN Along case axis XUB2BNANM12R 0.050
8 N/C PNP
90 to case axis
Along case axis
XUB2BNAWM12R
XUB2BPBNM12R
0.050
0.050
XUZ 2001 90 to case axis XUB2BPBWM12R 0.050
XUZ B2003
NPN Along case axis XUB2BNBNM12R 0.050
90 to case axis XUB2BNBWM12R 0.050
520984

805817
9
kg
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
XUZ A118 XUZ 2003 Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150
805817
10 Pre-cabled
For a pre-cabled sensor, replace M12 with L2 for a 2 m cable, or with L5 for a 5 m cable.
Example: XUB1BPANM12 becomes XUB1BPANL2 for a 2 m cable and XUB1BPANL5 for a
5 m cable.
XUZ A218
1/32

curves, Design 18, metal

dimensions 1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9 XUB1, XUB2, XUB4, XUB5, XUB9
UL,CSA, e
M12
1
Sensing distance m 0.1 / 0.15 diffuse system
nominal Sn / maximum m 0.6 / 0.8 diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity
m 4 / 5.5 reflex
m 15 / 20 thru-beam
2
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP65, IP67 double insulation i
Materials Case Nickel plated brass
Lens
Cable
PMMA
PvR
3
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (except for XUB 2ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED (only for XUB 2ppppppT)
4

Maximum switching frequency

Delays First-up
Hz
ms
500
< 15
5
Response ms <1
Recovery ms <1
Connections
6
4 3
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue)
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown) BN/1 + BN/1 + 1/BN
4 OUT/Output (OUT/Output)BK (Black) PNP BK/4 (NO/NC) NPN 2/VI
2 Beam break Beam break input (1) BK/4 (NO/NC) 3/BU
1 2
input (1) VI (Violet)
BU/3 BU/3
2/VI input:
See connection on page 9/44 - not connected: beam made
7
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Diffuse system Diffuse system with Reflex system Polarised reflex system
of beam
cm cm cm cm
cm 6
10
4
15 12 mm E/R 2
8
4
15 80
m 5 cm cm 4 m 2 3 m
10 15 -4 -2 0,2
2
-15 -4
-10 -6
10 cm 60 cm
1,4
1
2 x 101cm; 1 White 90 %; 2 Grey 18 %
Object 10 With reflector XUZ C50 With reflector XUZ C50
10 cm
Dimensions
XUB
-1
-1,4 9
a b a b
b
a
18 line of sight along case axis 46 (2) 28 60 (1) 28
18 line of sight 90 to case axis 62 28 76 28
10
18 line of sight along case axis XUB5 62 44 76 44
18 line of sight 90 to case axis XUB5 78 44 92 44
(1) Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only;
(2) For XUB9pppppp (polarised reflex) 46 becomes 48 mm and 60 becomes 62 mm.
1/33
References, Photo-electric sensors 1
dimensions 1 Osiris Universal, Osiconcept

(1)
Miniature design
Miniature design, d.c. supply

501542_1
501543_1
Sensing Function Output Connection Reference (2) Weight
1 distance (Sn)
m
(pre-cabled or
connector)
kg
010 N/O or N/C PNP Pre-cabled XUM0APSAL2 0.050

depending on using Osiconcept (L = 2 m) (2)
whether programming M8 connector XUM0APSAM8 0.035
accessories are
used
NPN Pre-cabled XUM0ANSAL2 0.050
(L = 2 m) (2)
2
XUM0ApppL2 XUM0ApppM8
M8 connector XUM0ANSAM8 0.035
805799
Accessories
Description Connection Reference Weight
3 (pre-cabled or
connector)
kg
Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled XUM0AKSAL2T 0.050

XUZC50 (L = 2 m) (2)
520312
M8 connector XUM0AKSAM8T 0.035

550014
50 x 50 mm
4
XUZ M2003 kg
3D fixing kit XUZM2003 0.140
for use on M12 rod for XUM or XUZ C50
5 3D fixing kit
for use on M12 rod and with protective cover for XUM
XUZM2004 0.155
562213
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150
Mounting bracket XUZA50 0.015
6 XUZ M2004
XUZ2001

(2) For a 5 m long cable, replace L2 with L5.
520960
520984
Example: XUM0APSAL2 becomes XUM0APSAL5.

7
XUZ 2003
XUZ A50
8 Dimensions
XUM0ApppL2 XUM0ApppM8
Indexation of the elbowed connector
2,8 3 2,8 3
6
6
9
34
25,5
25,5
34
45
12
20 20 12
10
1/34

(1)
curves Miniature design

1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUMpppppM8 XUMpppppL2
UL, CSA, e
M8
1
Sensing distance m 0.10 / 0.10 without accessory (diffuse system with background suppression)
nominal Sn / maximum m 0.4 / 0.55 without accessory (diffuse system)
m 3 / 4 with reflector (polarised reflex)
m 10 / 14 with thru-beam transmitter (thru-beam)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529
IP65, IP67 IP65, IP67 double insulation i
2
Materials Case PBT
Lens PMMA
3
Cable PvR
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUM0ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED
Instability Red LED (except for XUM0ppppppT)
V
mA
c 1030
35 (20 for XUM0ppppppT) 4
Switching capacity mA y 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Alarm output mA 50
Response
Recovery
ms
ms
<2
<2
5
Connections
M8 Connector Pre-cabled Receiver with PNP ouput Receiver with NPN output Thru-beam transmitter
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue) Transmitter
2 4
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)
BN/1 + BN/1 +
PNP NPN 1/BN
4 OUT/Output OUT/Output BK (Black) BK/4 WH/2
6
1 3 BK/4 WH/2 2/VI
2 alarm or beam Alarm/WH (White) 3/BU
break input (1) Beam break input BU/3 BU/3
VI (Violet) (1) 2/VI input:
See connection on page 9/44. - not connected: beam made
Detection curves
With thru-beam accessory Without accessory Without accessory With reflector
(thru-beam) (diffuse system) (diffuse system with (polarised reflex)
adjustable background
suppression)
7
cm
cm
cm 6
10 2 cm
10 mm 4
1 30 2
10 14 m
-1
1 10
55 cm
1
10 cm
-2
-4
3 4 m
8
-10 -2
-6 Sn 3m
Sn 10 m Sn 40 cm
Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90 %, 2: grey 18 %

Teach mode at minimum. Teach mode at maximum.
B B A-B: object reflection coefficient
9
Black 6 %
Grey 18 %
White 90 %
Sensing range
Non sensing zone (matt surfaces)
A 1 4,7 6 S (cm) A 1 8 15 S (cm)
5 11
10
1/35
References Photo-electric sensors
Osiris Optimum
Miniature design, plastic
Three-wire d.c. Solid-state output
NO/NC configuration switch
567547
567548
Sensing Function Output Connection Reference Weight
distance (Sn) kg
1 Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

1m NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5APCNL2 0.063
configuration M8 connector XUM5APCNM8 0.010
switch
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5ANCNL2 0.063
M8 connector XUM5ANCNM8 0.010
XUM 5ApCNL2
XUM 5ApCNM8
Polarised reflex system with adjustable sensitivity
2 5 m with NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9APCNL2 0.063
reflector XUZ C50 configuration M8 connector XUM9APCNM8 0.010
567542
2 m with switch
reflector XUZ C08 NO/NC NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9ANCNL2 0.063
configuration M8 connector XUM9ANCNM8 0.010
567543
switch
Reflectors
3 Universal reflector 50 x 50 mm
Lateral reflector 8.6 x 29.5 mm

XUZC50
XUZC08
0.020
0.006
XUZ C08 Thru-beam system (transmitter + receiver) with adjustable

XUZ C50 sensitivity
15 m NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2APCNL2 0.119
configuration
4
M8 connector XUM2APCNM8 0.019
switch
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2ANCNL2 0.119
M8 connector XUM2ANCNM8 0.019
567551
567552
Transmitter only
15 m Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2AKCNL2T 0.063
M8 connector XUM2AKCNM8T 0.010
5 Receiver only
15 m NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2APCNL2R 0.063
XUM 2AKCNL2T configuration M8 connector XUM2APCNM8R 0.010
XUM 2ApCNL2R switch
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2ANCNL2R 0.063
M8 connector XUM2ANCNM8R 0.010
Accessories for thru-beam system

6 Description Dimensions Sensing distance Reference Weight
567553
567554
567555
mm m kg
Vertical 0.5 x 6.4 1.2 XUZ MSV05 0.002
diaphragm 1 x 6.4 3 XUZ MSV10 0.002
Sold in lots of 2
1.5 x 6.4 4 XUZ MSV15 0.002
2 x 6.4 5 XUZ MSV20 0.002
7 XUZMSVpp XUZ MSHpp XUZ MU01 Horizontal 0.5 x 6.4 1.2 XUZ MSH05 0.002
diaphragm 1 x 6.4 3 XUZ MSH10 0.002
Sold in lots of 2
1.5 x 6.4 4 XUZ MSH15 0.002
524755
2 x 6.4 5 XUZ MSH20 0.002

Anti-interference 7 XUZ MU01 0.006
567556
filter
Sold in lots of 4
8 Fixing accessories
kg
XUZ AM04 Base mounting fixing bracket XUZAM01 0.017
Side mounting fixing bracket XUZAM04 0.026
XUZ AM01 Vertical fixing bracket with protective cover XUZAM02 0.062
9
Horizontal fixing bracket with protective cover XUZAM03 0.026
524754
524753
10
XUZ AM02 XUZ AM03
1/36
Characteristics, Photo-electric sensors
curves Three-wire d.c. Solid-state output
Characteristics
Sensor type XUMpApppM8 XUMpApppL2
e, cULus, CTick
M8
1
Sensing distance m 1, diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity
nominal Sn / maximum m 5, polarised reflex with adjustable sensitivity
m 15, thru-beam with adjustable sensitivity
Type of transmission Red, except diffuse system (Infrared)
Degree of protection
Storage temperature
Conforming to IEC 60529
C
IP 65, IP 67
- 40+ 70
2
Operating temperature C - 30+ 60
Materials Case PBT
Lens PMMA
Cable PVC (black for transmitter, grey for other
versions)
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 1.5 mm, 2 hours in each direction X, Y and Z 3
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 500 m/s2 10 x in each direction X, Y and Z
Indicator lights Output state Orange LED (excluding transmitter)
Stability Green LED
Transmitter Orange LED: supply on
Receiver Red LED: light received; green LED: supply on
Rated supply voltage
V
V
c 12...24 with protection against reverse polarity
c 1030 4
Current consumption, no-load mA 16 for XUM 5; 13 for XUM 9; 11 for transmitter XUM 2; 13 for receiver XUM 2
Voltage drop, closed state V y3
Response
Recovery
ms
ms
0.5
0.5
5
Wiring schemes
M8 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter c
2 4 3 (-) (-) BU (Blue)
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)
BN/1 + BN/1 + 1/BN
PNP BK/4 (NO,NC) NPN
1 3 4 OUT/Output OUT/Output BK (Black) BK/4 (NO,NC)
BU/3 BU/3
3/BU
6
See connection on page 9/44.
Curves
Diffuse Polarised reflex Thru-beam
7
2,5 12 40
Parallel movement (cm)

10 35
2 30
8 25
1,5
6 20
1 15
4
0,5 10
2 5
0 0 0
-2 -5
-0,5
8
-10
-4 -15
-1
-6 -20
-1,5 -25
-8
-2 -30
-10 -35
-2,5 -12 -40
0 0,5 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 10 15 20
Vertical movement Distance (m) XUZ C08 Distance (m) Distance (m)
Horizontal movement XUZ C50
10
1/37
Dimensions Photo-electric sensors
Osiris Optimum
Diffuse system, polarised reflex system

Pre-cabled version Connector version
1 Description - XUM5ApCNL2,
XUM9ApCNL2
Dimensions - XUM5ApCNL2,
XUM9ApCNL2
Description - XUM5ApCNM8,
XUM9ApCNM8
Dimensions - XUM5ApCNM8,
XUM9ApCNM8
NO 20 NO 20
17 (1) 10,8 17 (1) 10,8
LL
LL
2,4
2,8
2,4
2,8
DD
DD
NC (1) NC (1)
3,8
3,8
R R
25,4
25,4
31
42,5
31
(2) (4) (2) (4)

T T
15,5
15,5
3,8
3,8
4,2 2xM3
(3) 4,2 L = 2 m 2xM3 (3) M8 M8
3 (1) Configuration switch. R: Reception, T: Transmission. (1) Configuration switch. R: Reception, T: Transmission.
(2) Output state LED. (1) Potentiometer. (2) Output state LED. (1) Potentiometer.
(3) Stability and power on LED. (3) Stability and power on LED.
(4) Adjustment potentiometer. (4) Adjustment potentiometer.
Thru-beam system
Pre-cabled version
4 Description - XUM 2AKCNL2T Dimensions - XUM 2AKCNL2T

20
Description - XUM 2ApCNL2R
NC
Dimensions - XUM 2ApCNL2R
20
17 (1) 10,8 17 10,8
LL
2,4
2,8
2,4
2,8
DD
(1)
NO (1)
5
25,4
25,4
31
(4) T 31 R
15,5
15,5
(3) (2) 4,2 L = 2 m

(5) 4,2 L = 2 m 4,2 4,2
2xM3 2xM3
(4) Adjustment potentiometer. T: Transmission. (1) Configuration switch. R: Reception.

6 (5) Power on LED. (1) Potentiometer. (2) Output state LED.
(3) Stability and power on LED.
(1) Output state LED on front face.
Connector version
Description - XUM 2AKCNM8T Dimensions - XUM 2AKCNM8T Description - XUM 2ApCNM8R Dimensions - XUM 2ApCNM8R
20 NC 20
17 (1) 10,8 17 10,8
LL
7
2,4
2,8
2,4
2,8
DD
(1)
NO (1)
25,4
25,4
31
31
42,5
42,5
(5) (4) T R
15,5
15,5
(3) (2)
8 2xM3
M8
2xM3
M8
(4) Adjustment potentiometer. T: Transmission. (1) Configuration switch. R: Reception.

(5) Power on LED. (1) Potentiometer. (2) Output state LED. (1) Output state LED on front face.
10
1/38
Dimensions (continued) Photo-electric sensors
Osiris Optimum
Accessories
Reflectors
XUZ C50 XUZ C08 1
35 4xR5 11 12,8
3,2 8,6
2xM3
29,5
33,3
25
10
47
60
51
69
(1)
8
3,5 4,5 x 8
elongated
2x5,5
51,5
2x4,5 3
holes
1) 2 x M3
Fixing brackets
XUZ AM01 XUZ AM04
7 3,3 3,3
4
Optical
25,4
36,5
axis Optical
25,4
36,5
axis
20,5
20,5
7
7,8
25,4
32 25,4
7,8
5
Optical axis 32
5,4
Optical axis
8,5
8,5 5,4
14,5
12
6
14,5
12
40 3,3 5 3,5
40 3,3 5 3,5
Fixing bracket with protective cover

XUZ AM03 XUZ AM02
25,4 15,3 7 7 3,4 55
7
3,4 4,5
4
5
22
14
Optical axis 5,4

25,4
46
15,8 4,5 14 24
25
12
8
12,3
35
4 7
8,4
Optical axis 29
40
55
39
9
Diaphragms Filter
XUZ MSVpp XUZ MSHpp XUZ a XUZ MU01
5 10,2 5 10,2 MSV05 0,5 5 10,2
MSV10 1
2,8 2,8 2,8
MSV15 1,5
MSV20 2
10
5,8
5,8
5,8
31,8
31,8
31,8
MSH05 0,5
6,4
6,4
a
MSH10 1
MSH15 1,5
MSH20 2
3,5 a 3,5 6,4 3,5 6,4
1/39

(1)
Compact design 50 x 50
Five-wire, a.c. or d.c. supply, 1 NC/NO relay output
References
d.c. supply
1
805167
805166
Sensing distance (Sn) Function Output Connection Reference Weight
m (pre-cabled kg
or connector)
030 N/O or N/C, PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUK0AKSAL2 0.175
depending on whether using (L = 2 m) (2)
accessories are used Osiconcept M12 XUK0AKSAM12 0.090
programming connector
XUK0AKSAL2 XUK0AKSAM12
2 Accessories
805799
(pre-cabled kg
or connector)
Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled XUK0AKSAL2T 0.140
(L = 2 m) (2)
M12 XUK0AKSAM12T 0.090
3 Reflector 50 x 50 mm
connector
XUZC50 0.020
XUZC50
d.c. or a.c. supply
550028
Sensing distance (Sn) Function Output Connection Reference Weight

520312
m (pre-cabled kg
or connector)
4
030 N/O or N/C, Time Pre-cabled XUK0ARCTL2 0.175
depending on whether using delay (L = 2 m) (2)
accessories are used Osiconcept relay
programming
Accessories
XUZK2003 (pre-cabled kg
or connector)
5 Thru-beam transmitter Pre-cabled XUK0ARCTL2T 0.140

531142
(L = 2 m) (2)

kg
6 3D fixing kit
for use on M12 rod for XUKor XUZ C50
XUZK2003 0.170
3D fixing kit XUZK2004 0.270

XUZK2004 XUZ2001 for use on M12 rod and with protective cover for XUK
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
550030
7
520984
Mounting bracket XUZA51 0.050

(2) For a 5 m long cable, replace L2 with L5, and for a 10 m long cable, replace L2 with L10.
Example: XUK0AKSAL2 becomes XUK0AKSAL5 with a 5 m long cable.
XUZ2003
8 XUZ A51
Dimensions
XUK0ApppL2 XUK0ApppM12
75
9 50
40 18 2x4,5
82
76
20
20
50
40
20
10
20
4,5
1/40

(1)
curves Compact design 50 x 50

1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUKpppppM12 XUKpppppL2
Connection
UL, CSA, e
M12 connector Pre-cabled L: 2 m
1
Sensing distance m 0.28 / 0.28 without accessory (diffuse system with adjustable background suppression)
nominal Sn / maximum m 0.8 / 1.2 without accessory (diffuse system)
m 4 / 5.7 with reflector (polarised reflex)
Storage temperature range
C
IP 65, double insulation i
- 40+ 70
2
Materials Case PBT
Lens PMMA
Cable PvR
3
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUK0ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED
Instability Red LED (except for XUK0ppppppT)
Alarm output mA y 50 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V 1224 c with protection against reverse polarity
Relay output
Voltage limits (including ripple) PNP/NPN
V
V

1036 c
24240 a or 12240 c
4
Relay output V 20264 a or 10264 c
Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN mA y 35; 20 for XUK0AKppppT
Power consumption Relay output W 3 a or c
Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Relay output A 3 a or c
Voltage drop, closed state
Time delay Relay output
V
s
y 1.5
010 on-delay, off-delay or monostable
5
Maximum switching frequency PNP/NPN Hz 250
Relay output Hz 20
Delays First-up ms < 300 (PNP/NPN); < 200 (relay output)
Response ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)
Recovery ms < 2 (PNP/NPN); < 25 (relay output)
Connections 6
M12 connector Pre-cabled Receiver with PNP output Thru-beam transmitter c
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue) Transmitter
4 3
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)
BN/1 +
PNP 1/BN
4 OUT/Output 2 OUT/Output BK (Black) BK/4 WH/2
2/VI 2/VI input:
Alarm or beam break Alarm/WH (White) 3/BU - not connected: beam made
1 2
input (1) Beam break input (1) BU/3 - connected to : beam broken

VI (Violet)
Pre-cabled, relay output Receiver with NPN output Thru-beam transmitter a Relay output 7
(z) BU (Blue) Transmitter
(1) Beam break input on thru-beam (z) BN (Brown)
BN/1 +
transmitter only. Relay common/GY (Grey)
NPN
BK/4 WH/2
N/O BK (Black)
N/C WH (White) BU/3
Detection curves
With thru-beam transmitter (thru-beam) Without accessory
(diffuse system)
Without accessory (diffuse
system with background
With reflector (polarised
reflex)
8
suppression)
1
2
9
3 40 120 cm 3 28 cm 5,7
30 35
4
80 cm 28 cm 4
S 30
Object 10 x 10 cm; 1 White 90 %; 2 Grey 18 % With reflector XUZC50
Teach mode at minimum Teach mode at maximum A-B: object reflection coefficient
10
B B Black 6 %
Grey 18 %
White 90 %
Sensing range
A 1 8,1 8,5 10 S (cm) A 3 23 28 38 S (cm)
1/41
References Photo-electric sensors 1
Osiris Optimum

Compact design, 50 x 50

distance (Sn)
1
m kg
523273
d.c. supply
1 NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5APANL2 0.190
M12 connector XUK5APANM12 0.070
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5ANANL2 0.190
M12 connector XUK5ANANM12 0.070
2 XUKpApppL2
NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1)
M12 connector
XUK5APBNL2
XUK5APBNM12
0.190
0.070
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5ANBNL2 0.190
M12 connector XUK5ANBNM12 0.070
d.c. or a.c. supply
523272
1 NO + NC Relay Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK5ARCNL2 0.190

Polarised reflex system
3 d.c. supply
5 NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9APANL2 0.190
XUKpApppM12 M12 connector XUK9ANANM12 0.070
NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK9APBNL2 0.190
4 NPN
M12 connector
Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1)
XUK9APBNM12
XUK9ANBNL2
0.070
0.190
805799

d.c. or a.c. supply
Reflector 50 x 50 mm (2) XUZC50 0.020
Reflex system
5 d.c. supply
XUZC50 7 NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1APANL2 0.070
M12 connector XUK1ANANM12 0.070
NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK1APBNL2 0.070
6 NPN
M12 connector
XUK1APBNM12
XUK1ANBNL2
0.070
0.070
d.c. or a.c. supply
Thru-beam system
7 XUZK2003 d.c. supply
Transmitter Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2AKSNL2T 0.190
30 M12 connector XUK2AKSNM12T 0.070
Receiver NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2APANL2R 0.140
30 M12 connector XUK2APANM12R 0.075
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ANANL2R 0.140
8 NC PNP
M12 connector
XUK2ANANM12R
XUK2APBNL2R
0.075
0.140
M12 connector XUK2APBNM12R 0.075
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ANBNL2R 0.140
M12 connector XUK2ANBNM12R 0.075
d.c. or a.c. supply
Transmitter 30 Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ARCNL2T 0.140
9 XUZK2004 XUZ2001
Receiver 30 NO + NC
Relay Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (1) XUK2ARCNL2R 0.070

kg
3D fixing kit for use on M12 rod, for XUKor XUZ C50 XUZK2003 0.170
3D fixing kit for use on M12 rod, with protective cover for XUK XUZK2004 0.270
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
10 XUZ2003 Support for M12 rod
Fixing bracket
XUZ2003
XUZA51
0.150
0.050
(1) For a 5 m long cable replace L2 by L5; for a 10 m long cable, replace L2 by L10.
Example: XUK5APANL2 becomes XUK5APANL5 or XUK5APANL10.
XUZ A51 (2) For further information, see page 1/160.
1/42

curves, Compact design, 50 x 50

dimensions Three-wire, d.c. supply, solid-state output
Characteristics
Sensor type XUKpppppM12 XUKpppppL2
Connection
UL, CSA, e
M12 connector Pre-cabled, length: 2 m
1
Sensing distance m PNP/NPN or relay output 1 / 1.5 diffuse
nominal Sn / maximum m PNP/NPN or relay output 5 / 8 polarised reflex
m PNP/NPN or relay output 7 / 10 reflex
m PNP/NPN or relay output 30 / 45 thru-beam
Storage temperature
C
IP 65, double insulation i
- 40+ 70
2
Materials Case PBT
Lens PMMA
Cable PVC
3
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (except for XUK 2ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED (only for XUK 2ppppppT)
Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V 1224 with protection against reverse polarity
Relay output V 24240 z
Voltage limits (including ripple) PNP/NPN V 1036 c
Relay output
Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN
V
mA

y 35
20264 z
4
Power consumption Relay output W 2z
Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA y 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Relay output A 3z
Voltage drop, closed state V y 1.5
Delays
Relay output
First-up
Hz
ms

< 15 (PNP/NPN); < 60 (relay output)
20
5
Wiring schemes
M12 connector Pre-cabled, PNP/NPN Receiver with PNP output Thrue-beam transmitter c
6
4 3 3 (-) (-) BU (Blue)
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)
BN/1 + 1 BN
PNP BK/4 (NO,NC) 2 VI Input 2/VI:
4 OUT/Output OUT/Output BK (Black)
3 BU - not connected: beam made
1 2 2 Beam break input Beam break input (1) - connected to : beambroken
(1) VI (Violet) BU/3
Pre-cabled, relay output Receiver with NPN output Thrue-beam transmitter z Relay output
See connection on page 9/44. (z) BU (Blue), BN
BN/1 +
(z) BN (Brown) NPN BK
GY
7
Relay common/GY (Grey) BK/4 (NO,NC) WH
(1) Beam break input on NO BK (Black) BU
thru-beam transmitter only. NC WH (White) BU/3
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Polarised reflex system Reflex system
With reflector XUZC50 With reflector XUZC50
8
Diffuse system Dimensions
XUKpppppL2 XUKpppppM12
Possible orientation of elbowed connector
9
66
0,8
84
76
0,5 1,5
20
Object: 10 x 10 cm,
1: white 90%, 2: grey 18% 7 4 6,5 10
20
1/43

(1)
Compact design
References
562266
562267
d.c. supply
1 Sensing
distance (Sn)
Function Output Connection (pre-
cabled or connector)
Reference Weight
kg
m
040 N/O or N/C PNP/NPN Screw terminals ISO XUX0AKSAT16 0.200
depending on using 16 cable gland (3)
whether Osiconcept M12 connector XUX0AKSAM12 0.200
are used
2 Accessories
Description Connection (pre- Reference Weight
XUX0ARCTT16 XUX0AKSAM12 cabled or connector) kg
Thru-beam transmitter Screw terminals ISO XUX0AKSAT16T 0.200
562073
562068
16 cable gland (3)

M12 connector XUX0AKSAM12T 0.200
3 Reflector 50 x 50 mm
d.c. or a.c. supply
XUZC50 0.020
Sensing Function Output Connection (pre- Reference Weight

distance (Sn) cabled or connector) kg
XUZC50 m
XUZX2003 040 N/O or N/C Time delay Screw terminals ISO XUX0ARCTT16 0.200
depending on using relay 16 cable gland (3)
562069
4
whether Osiconcept
are used
Accessories
Description Connection (pre- Reference Weight
cabled or connector) kg
Thru-beam transmitter Screw terminals ISO XUX0ARCTT16T 0.200
5 16 cable gland (3)
XUZX2004 Reflector 50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.020

562072

kg
3D fixing kit XUZX2003 0.220
6
for use on M12 rod for XUX or XUZ C50
3D fixing kit XUZX2004 0.420
for use on M12 rod and with protective cover for XUX
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
XUZ2001 Support for M12 rod XUZ2003 0.150

XUZX2000
Mounting bracket XUZX2000 0.120
562070
7
562074
Adaptor for ISO 16 - 1/2 NPT XUZX2001 0.050
Adaptor for ISO 16 - ISO 20 XUZX2002 0.050
XUZX2001 XUZ2003 (1) For further information on Osiconcept, see page 1/14.
(3) For 7 to 10 mm cable.
8 Dimensions
XUXpppppT16 XUXpppppM12
(rear view)
(1) (1)
9
87
(3) (3)
92
92
104
73
104
114
127
(2) (2)
30 M12
30 22
37 21
37 30,5
50 30,5
10 50
71
71
(1) Elongated hole 5.5 x 7 77
77 (2) Elongated hole 5.5 x 9
87
100 (3) Holes 5.5
1/44

curves Compact design

1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUXpppppM12 XUXpppppT16
Connection
UL, CSA, e
M12 connector Screw terminals, ISO 16 cable entry gland
1
Sensing distance m 1.3 / 1.3 without accessory (diffuse system with background suppression)
nominal Sn / maximum m 2 / 3 without accessory (diffuse system)
m 11 / 15 with reflector (polarised reflex)
Storage temperature range
C
IP 65, IP67, double insulation i
- 40+ 70
2
Materials Case PBT
Lens PMMA
3
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUX0pppppppT)
Supply on Green LED
Instability Red LED except for XUX 0pppppppT)
Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V 1224 c with protection against reverse polarity
Relay output V 24240 a or c
Voltage limits PNP/NPN V 1036 c
4
(including ripple) Relay output V 20264 a or c
Current consumption, no-load PNP/NPN mA y 35 (20 for XUX 0pppppppT)
Power consumption Relay output W 2 a or c
Alarm output mA y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Relay output A 500,000 operating cycles
3 A: cos j = 1/0.5 A: cos j = 0.4
Maximum switching PNP/NPN
V
Hz
y 1.5
240 5
frequency Relay output Hz 20
Time delays Relay output s 0.0215 on-delay, off-delay or
monostable
Connections
6
M12 connector Relay output z PNP / NPN c Transmitter c transmitter z
Terminals M12 Terminals M12 Terminals Terminals
4 3 1 z 1 p 1 + 1 p 1 + 1 z
2 z 3 p 2 - 3 p 2 - 2 z
4 p 2 p
7
1 2 3 N/O 3 Output 3 Beam broken input (1)
See connection on page 9/44. 4 Relay common 2 p 4 Alarm (1) Input not connected: beam made.
5 N/C Input connected to : beam broken
Maximum permissible conductor section: 1 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 0.75 mm2 with adaptor
Detection curves
With thru-beam transmitter (thru-beam) Without accessory (diffuse Without accessory (diffuse With reflector (polarised
system) system with adjustable reflex)
8
cm cm
cm
80 2 15
40 10
1
20 8 mm
20 40 60 1 2 3m 11 15 m
-20 1,5
1 0,05
9
-40 2,6 -10
-80 2
40 -15
Sn < 2 m Sn 11 m
Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90 %, 2: grey 18 % With reflector XUZC50

Variation of usable sensing distance Su (without accessory with adjustable background suppression)
Teach mode at minimum Teach mode at maximum
B B A-B: object reflection coefficient
Black 6 %
Grey 18 %
White 90 % 10
Sensing range
A 0,07 0,4 0,45 S (m) A 0,01 1,3 1,5 S (m)

0,41 1,35
1/45
References 1
Osiris Optimum

Compact design
Sensing dist. (Sn) Function Output Connection Reference Weight

m kg
1 Diffuse system (1)

562268
d.c. supply
2.1 NO PNP Screw terminals (3) XUX5APANT16 0.200
M12 connector XUX5APANM12 0.200
NPN Screw terminals (3) XUX5ANANT16 0.200
M12 connector XUX5ANANM12 0.200
NC PNP Screw terminals (3) XUX5APBNT16 0.200
2 NPN
M12 connector
Screw terminals (3)
XUX5APBNM12
XUX5ANBNT16
0.200
0.200
M12 connector XUX5ANBNM12 0.200
a.c. or d.c. supply
XUXpApppT16 2.1 NO + NC Relay Screw terminals (3) XUX5ARCNT16 0.200
Polarised reflex system (1)
3 d.c. supply
562269
11 NO PNP Screw terminals (3) XUX9APANT16 0.200

M12 connector XUX9APBNM12 0.200
4
562073
NPN Screw terminals (3) XUX9ANBNT16 0.200

M12 connector XUX9ANBNM12 0.200
a.c. or d.c. supply
11 NO + NC Relay Screw terminals (3) XUX9ARCNT16 0.200
XUXpApppM12 XUZC50 Reflex system (1)

5 d.c. supply
14 NO PNP Screw terminals (3) XUX1APANT16 0.200
562068

562071

M12 connector XUX1APBNM12 0.200
6 NPN Screw terminals (3)

M12 connector
XUX1ANBNT16
XUX1ANBNM12
0.200
0.200
a.c. or d.c. supply
14 NO + NC Relay Screw terminals (3) XUX1ARCNT16 0.200
XUZX2003
Thru-beam system (1)
562069
7 d.c. supply
Transmitter Screw terminals (3) XUX0AKSAT16T 0.200
40 M12 connector XUX0AKSAM12T 0.200
Receiver NO PNP Screw terminals (3) XUX2APANT16R 0.200
40 M12 connector XUX2APANM12R 0.200
NPN Screw terminals (3) XUX2ANANT16R 0.200
M12 connector XUX2ANANM12R 0.200
8 NC PNP Screw terminals (3)

M12 connector
XUX2APBNT16R
XUX2APBNM12R
0.200
0.200
XUZX2004 XUZ2001 NPN Screw terminals (3) XUX2ANBNT16R 0.200
M12 connector XUX2ANBNM12R 0.200
a.c. or d.c. supply
Transmitter Screw terminals (3) XUX0ARCTT16T 0.200
562072
40
9 Receiver
40
NO + NC Relay Screw terminals (3) XUX2ARCNT16R 0.200

562070

kg
3D fixing kit for use on M12 rod, for XUX or XUZ C50 XUZX2003 0.220
3D fixing kit for use on M12 rod, with protective cover XUX XUZX2004 0.420
10 XUZX2000 XUZ2003
M12 rod
Support for M12 rod
XUZ2001
XUZ2003
0.050
0.150
Fixing bracket XUZX2000 0.120
(1) With adjustable sensitivity.
(3) Screw terminals with ISO 16 cable gland for cable 7 to 10 mm.
1/46
connections, Osiris Optimum
curves, Compact design

dimensions 1
Characteristics
Sensor type XUXpppppM12 XUX pANpNT16, pAPpNT16 XUXpARCpT16
Connection
UL, CSA, e
M12 connector Screw terminals - ISO 16 cable gland
1
Sensing distance m 2.1 / 3 for diffuse with adjustable sensitivity
nominal Sn / maximum m 11 / 15 for polarised reflex with adjustable sensitivity
m 14 / 20 for reflex with adjustable sensitivity
m 40 / 60 for thru-beam with adjustable sensitivity
Storage temperature
C
IP 65, IP 67, double insulation i
- 40+ 70
2
Materials Case PBT
Lens PMMA
3
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUX 0pppppppT c)
Supply on Green LED
Rated supply voltage PNP/NPN V 1224 with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits (including ripple) PNP/NPN V 1036 c
Power consumption
PNP/NPN
Relay output
mA
W
y 35, (20 for XUX 0pppppppT)
2 a or c 4
Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA y 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Relay output A 500 000 operating cycles
3 A: cos j = 1/0.5 A: cos j = 0.4
Delays
Relay output
First-up
Hz
ms

< 15 (PNP/NPN); < 60 (relay output)
20
5
Connections
M12 connector Relay output z PNP / NPN c Transmitter c Transmitter z
6
Terminals M12 Terminals M12 Terminals Terminals
4 3 1 z 1 p 1 + 1 p 1 + 1 z
2 z 3 p 2 - 3 p 2 - 2 z
1 2 3 NO 4 p 3 Output 2 p 3 Beam break input (1)
4 Relay common (1) Input not connected: beam made.
See connection on page 9/44. 5 NC Input connected to : beam broken.
Maximum permissible conductor c.s.a.: 1 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 0.75 mm2 with cable end.
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Diffuse system Reflex system Polarised reflex system
7
cm cm cm cm
80 6 15 15
40 4 10 10
20 8 mm 2 5 5
20 40 60 m 0,7 2,10 3m 13 20 m 10 15m

-2 8 5
-20 -5 0,05 -5 0,05
8
-40 -4
0,05 -10 -10
-80 -6
Sn 2,1 m -15 -15
Sn 40 m Sn 14 m Sn 11 m
Object 10 x 10 cm; 1 White 90%; 2 Grey 18% With reflector XUZC50 With reflector XUZC50
Dimensions
XUXpppppT16 XUXpppppM12
(1) (1)
9
87
(3) (3)
92
92
104
104
73
127
114
(2) (2)
30 M12
30 22
10
37 21
37 30,5 Possible orientation of elbowed connector
50 30,5 (rear view)
50
71
71
77
100 (3) 5.5 hole
1/47
References, Photo-electric sensors
characteristics, Osiris Application
Optical fork with teach mode
accessories d.c. supply. Solid-state output
Optical fork with teach mode +/- numeric potentiometer mode Teach mode
Green keypad Yellow keypad
3 System
Thru-beam
Infrared LED, modulated
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 2120 mm
Minimum size of object detected Passageway 2120 mm 0.2 mm
Fork type XUY FNEPp XUY FANEPp
References
4 4-wire, PNP/NPN
independent outputs
NO/NC
function,
selectable
Passageway (A) Depth (B)
mm 42 59 95
Depth (B)
42 59 95
XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY
2 FNEP40002 FNEP60002 FNEP100002 FANEP40002 FANEP60002 FANEP100002
B XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY
FNEP40015 FNEP60015 FNEP100015 FANEP40015 FANEP60015 FANEP100015
5
15
A

A = Passageway XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY
B = Depth 80 FNEP40080 FNEP60080 FNEP100080 FANEP40080 FANEP60080 FANEP100080
6 Weight (kg) 0.055 to 0.128 depending on model
Characteristics
Product certifications e, cULus. This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering
c 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated at 3 A max.
Ambient air temperature For operation - 20+ 60 C
For storage - 30+ 80 C
7
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC60529 IP 65
Connection M8, 4-pin male connector (for 3-pin version please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 0.75 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms
Materials Case Painted aluminium and polyamide/glass
Rated supply voltage c 1224 V with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits (including ripple) c 1030 V
8
Immunity to ambient light Natural light 10 000 Lux
Incandescent bulb 5000 Lux
Outputs PNP and NPN By independent wire
NO/NC By programming
Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Voltage drop, closed state <2V
Current consumption, no-load 40 mA
9
Permissible capacitive load 330 nF
Maximum switching frequency 10 kHz
Response time Stability +/- 20 s
Indicator lights Yellow LED Output signal
Red LED Adjustment mode and keypad locking
Application: Detection of labels, detection of double sheet, detection of reference marks, detection on conveyor, detection on vibrating rail.
Accessories
10 Description Details Length of
cable (m)
References Weight
kg
Pre-wired M8 Straight 2 XZC P0941L2 0.080
connector Elbowed (90) 2 XZC P1041L2 0.080
Straight 5 XZC P0941L5 0.180
Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
1/48
Presentation, Photo-electric sensors
dimensions, Osiris Application
schemes d.c. supply. Solid-state output
Presentation
XUY FNEPppp XUY FANEPppp
1 1 Yellow LED ON: 1 1 Yellow LED ON:

1
2 Output activated 2 Output activated
2 Red LED ON: 2 Red LED ON:

+ 3 + 3
Adjustments and keypad Adjustments and keypad locking
locking
- 4 - 4 3, 4 Sensitivity adjustment
+-
3s
3, 4 Sensitivity adjustment +- 1sT
- 1sT 3+4 Teach mode and automatic adjustment of sensitivity 2
3+4 Keypad locking (press time < 3 seconds)
(3sypress time<6s)
+- L 3+4 Keypad locking (3sypress time<6s)
D +-
6s
3+4 NO/NC (press time u 6 s)
3s
+- L
D
6s 3
Dimensions
XUY FNEPppp / XUY FANEPppp
4
10 11 A 19
Optical axis
9
3
-
6
5
XUY Passageway Depth
B
A B b1 C
b1
FNEP/FANEPp002 2 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 14

8 FNEP/FANEPp005 5 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 14
FNEP/FANEPp015 15 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 27
6
5 10
FNEP/FANEPp030 30 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 42

FNEP/FANEPp050 50 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 40
5x4 = = FNEP/FANEPp080 80 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 70
7
. C 6 FNEP/FANEPp120 120 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 110
Wiring schemes
Cabling M8 connector 7
2 4 Pin n - colour
BN c 10/30 V
1 BN: Brown
1 3
2 WH: White
BK
3 BU: Blue
N P
4 BK: Black WH
BU c 0V
8
Application examples
Green keypad: Potentiometer mode Yellow keypad: Teach mode
Detection of labels on belt Detection of sheet feed on printing machine
9
+
10
1/49
Optical fork with laser transmission, with teach mode
accessories d.c. supply. Solid-state output
High sensitivity fork range +/- numeric potentiometer mode Teach mode
Green keypad Yellow keypad
1
Laser
Class 1
Laser class 1, conforming to

IEC825-1
System Thru-beam
Type of transmission Red laser, modulated, class 1, wavelength: 670 m
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

Minimum size of object detected Passageway 2120 mm
2...120 mm
0.05 mm (repeat accuracy 0.01 mm)
Fork type XUY FLNEPp XUY FALNEPp
References
4-wire, PNP/NPN NO/NC Passageway Depth (B) Depth (B)
independent outputs function, (A)
selectable
4
mm 42 59 95 42 59 95
B XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY
2 FLNEP40002 FLNEP60002 FLNEP100002 FALNEP40002 FALNEP60002 FALNEP100002
A

5
A = Passageway 50 FLNEP40050 FLNEP60050 FLNEP100050 FALNEP40050 FALNEP60050 FALNEP100050
B = Depth
Weight (kg) 0.055 to 0.128 depending on model
6 Characteristics
Product certifications e, cULus. This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering
c 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated at 3 A max.
7
Connection M8, 4-pin male connector
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 0.75 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
Materials Case Painted aluminium and polyamide/glass
Immunity to ambient light Natural light 10 000 Lux
8 Outputs
Incandescent bulb
PNP/NPN
5000 Lux
By wiring
NO/NC Using teach
Current consumption, no-load < 40 mA
9 Permissible capacitive load

330 nF
10 kHz
Response time Stability +/- 20 s
Indicator lights Yellow LED: output signal; red LED: keypad locking and adjustments.
b Applications: Detection of reference marks, detection on conveyor, detection on vibrating rail, detection of transparent object.
Accessories
10 Description Details Length of
cable (m)
References Weight
kg
Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
1/50
Optical fork with laser transmission, with teach mode
Presentation
XUY FLNEPp XUY FALNEPp
1 1 Yellow LED ON: 1 1 Yellow LED ON:

1
2 Output activated 2 Output activated
+ 3 2 Red LED ON: + 3 2 Red LED ON:

Adjustments and keypad Adjustments and keypad locking
- 4 locking - 4
3, 4 Sensitivity adjustment
+-
3s
3, 4 Sensitivity adjustment +- 1sT
- 1sT 3+4 Teach mode and automatic adjustment of sensitivity 2
3+4 Keypad locking (press time < 3 seconds)
(3sypress time<6s)
+- L +- 3+4 Keypad locking (3sypress time<6s)
D 3+4 NO/NC (press time u 6 s)
6s 3s
+- L
D
6s 3
Dimensions
XUY FLNEPp / XUY FALNEPp 4
10 19,5 A 19
Optical axis
9
3
+ 6
-
XUY Passageway Depth b1 C
5
B
A B
b1
FLNEP/FALNEPp2 2 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 14

8 FLNEP/FALNEPp5 5 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 14
FLNEP/FALNEPp15 15 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 27
6
FLNEP/FALNEPp30 30 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 42
5 10
FLNEP/FALNEPp50 50 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 40

= = FLNEP/FALNEPp80 80 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 70
5x4
7
C 6 FLNEP/FALNEPp120 120 42, 59, 95 57, 74, 110 110

.
Wiring schemes
7
Cabling M8 connector
2 4 Pin n - colour
BN c 10/30 V
1 BN: Brown
1 3
2 WH: White BK
3 BU: Blue P N
WH
4 BK: Black
BU c 0V
8
Green keypad: Potentiometer mode Yellow keypad: Teach mode
Detection of an object exiting a vibrating bowl Detection of transparent bottles (glass, PET)
10
1/51
characteristics Osiris Application, packaging series
For detection of labels
d.c. supply. Solid-state output
Fork design
2
System Thru-beam
Type of transmission Infrared, continuous
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) (Passageway) 3 mm 5 mm
References
3 4-wire, PNP and NPN Light or dark programmable
switching (1)
XUYFA983003COS XUYFA983005COS
Automatic adjustment using

teach mode
Weight (kg) 0.07 0.07
Characteristics
Product certifications e, cULus
4 Ambient air temperature For operation - 20+ 60 C
Connection M8, 4-pin male connector (for pre-cabled version please consult your Regional Sales Office)
5 Materials Anodised aluminium
Switching capacity (sealed) y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
6 Immunity to ambient light Natural light: 3000 Lux

Incandescent bulb: 3000 Lux
7 Maximum switching frequency 10 kHz
Delays Response: 50 ms; recovery:50 ms
Indicator lights Green LED: no object present

Red LED: keypad locking and adjustments.
8 Function table Function Thru-beam system

No label present in the beam Label present in the beam
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: green LED NO/NC

(illuminated when no object present)
(1) By reversing supply connections.

9
10
1/52
dimensions, Osiris Application, packaging series
schemes For detection of labels
Presentation (adjustment and indicators)

Teaching is performed on the item to which the label is affixed
1
+
1 Optional use of the white wire 1 Teach button

- 1 press: standard teaching (red LED flashes for 2 s)
- 2 presses: fine teaching (green LED flashes for 2 s)
- 1 prolonged press: keypad locking (red LED on)
2 Red LED and green LED flash: short-circuit or object too opaque.
2
1
2
3
Dimensions
5 15 60
4
1
6
12
a
8
14
37, 5
22 , 5
4,2
Optical axis
6
5
80
XUY a (passageway)
12
FA98ppp3COS 2
6
FA98ppp5COS 5
Wiring schemes (sensor connector pin view)

Connector
WH WH
Pin n - colour
NO BN NC BU
c 10/30 V c 10/30 V
1 BN: Brown
7
2 4
N N
1 3 2 WH: White (input) BK BK
3 BU: Blue P P
BU BN
4 BK: Black (PNP and NPN outputs) 0V 0V
Object detected
If the white wire is not used, connect to 0 V. 8
Detection of overlapping envelopes Detection of labels on belt
10
1/53
References, Ultrasonic sensor
characteristics Application, packaging series
For detection of transparent labels
Fork design
2
System Thru-beam
Type of transmission Ultrasonic
References
3 4-wire, PNP and NPN Light switching (NC) or dark
switching (NO) programmable
XUV U06M3KCNM8
Adjustment By numerical potentiometer (+/- buttons) and red LED

Protection of settings By locking keypad
Weight (kg) 0.130
Characteristics
4 Product certifications e, IEC 60947-5-2
Materials Aluminium case
Connection M8 4-pin connector
Detection performance Minimum length of label 2 mm
Minimum distance between 2 mm
2 labels
5 Maximum flow rate

Detection accuracy
120 m/min
+/- 0.16 mm at 60 m/min
+/- 0.30 mm at 120 m/min
Power supply Rated supply voltage c 1224 V with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits c 1030 V (including ripple)
Residual voltage
6 At 100 mA <2V
At 10 mA <1V
Output Type NPN and PNP
Function Light switching (NC) or dark switching (NO), to be programmed
Maximum rated current 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Maximum switching frequency 500 Hz
7 LED indicators
Output state Yellow LED
Delay On and Off: 500 s
Environment Operating temperature + 5.+ 55 C
Storage temperature - 20 C..+ 70 C
Degree of protection IP 65
8 Function table Function Thru-beam system

No label present in the beam Label present in the beam
(output inactive) (output active)
Output state (PNP or NPN) yellow LED Light switching
(illuminated when sensor output is ON) (NC)
9 Dark switching
(NO)
10
1/54
Presentation, Ultrasonic sensor
dimensions, Application, packaging series
For detection of transparent labels
Presentation (adjustment and display)

1 Tripping threshold adjustment using +/- buttons
4
5
2 Locking of keypad by simultaneously pressing buttons and holding down for 3 s
1
+
1 3 Selection of output type (NO or NC) by simultaneously pressing buttons and
- holding down for 6s
+- 2 4 Yellow LED: ON when outputs active (current established)
3s
Yellow LED: flashes slowly in event of output short-circuit 2
+- L 3 5 Red LED: ON each time the +/- buttons are pressed
D
6s
Red LED: Permanently ON when keypad locked
Red LED: OFF when keypad unlocked
Dimensions
4,2
68,8
4
22,3
3
47, 3
30,2
24
16,2
22
7,20 6,5
5
60
92,5
6
16
Wiring schemes (sensor connector pin view)

Connector 1 BN
7
2 4 1 Brown c + 10... 30 V c 10/30 V
NPN 2 WH
1 3 2 White NPN output
3 Blue c0V PNP 4 BK
4 Black PNP output
3 BU
0V
Application example
Detection of transparent labels on transparent or opaque strip
9
L
10
1/55
characteristics Osiris Application, assembly series

Metal case, cylindrical, threaded M8 x 1

Design 8
501337_1
501336_1
501335_1
501335_1
Connection Pre-cabled b b
Connector b b
2 System Thru-beam Thru-beam Diffuse Diffuse

Type of transmission Infrared Infrared Infrared Infrared
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 2m 2m 0.05 m 0.05 m

References
3-wire, PNP NO function XUAH0214 XUAH0214S XUAH0515 XUAH0515S
3 NC function XUAH0224 XUAH0224S XUAH0525 XUAH0525S
3-wire, NPN NO function XUAJ0214 XUAJ0214S XUAJ0515 XUAJ0515S

NC function XUAJ0224 XUAJ0224S XUAJ0525 XUAJ0525S
Transmitter XUAH0203 XUAH0203S

Weight (kg) 0.050 0.015 0.50 0.015
4 Characteristics
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 1 mm (f = 1055 Hz)
5 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 - IP 65 IP 65 IP 67 - IP 65 IP 65
Connection Pre-cabled 3.5 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 3 x 0.14 mm

Connector M8 male, 3-pin (suitable female connectors, see page 9/44)
6 Materials Case Nickel plated brass

Pre-cabled PvR PvR
Lenses PMMA

7 Switching capacity (sealed) y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Voltage drop, closed state y1V
Current consumption, no-load Transmitter y 15 mA

Receiver y 10 mA
8 Diffuse y 25 mA
Maximum switching frequency 2000 Hz 1000 Hz
Delays First-up y 20 ms
Response and recovery y 0.25 ms y 0.5 ms
9
Function table Function Diffuse or thru-beam system
No object present in the beam Object present in the beam
Output state (PNP or NPN) NO
indicator: yellow LED
(illuminated when sensor output
NC
is ON)
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/56
Curves, Photo-electric sensors 1
dimensions, Osiris Application, assembly series

schemes Metal case, cylindrical, threaded M8 x 1

Curves
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Diffuse system 1
Object 5 x 5 cm; 1 White 90%; 2 Grey 18%
15
10 1 2 1
5 0,5
m 5 cm
2 3
2
-5 -0,5
-10 -1
-15
Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: 25 C)

Thru-beam system Diffuse system
3
Variation of sensing distance Sn
Gain Gain
500 40 100
300 20 80
15
60
100 10
9 40
50
C Side of square object
20 White
4
3
10 0 Grey
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
5 C (cm)
1
0,1 0,4 0,8 2 5 8 10
0,2 0,6 1 4 6 9 Detection differential (H) when object approaches from the front:
1 D (cm)
0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 3 6 10 H y 25% of Sn
0,3 0,8 5 D (m)
Object 5 x 5 cm, White 90%
Dimensions
XUA XUApppppS M8 connector 5
4
1 3
M8x1 (1) (1) 1+
6
M8x1 21 13 3-
4 18 13 4
4 OUT or test
48 47
(1) LED, 4 viewing ports at 90S (1) LED, 4 viewing ports at 90 Note: fixing nut tightening See connection on
torque: < 2 N.m page 9/44
Wiring schemes (3-wire c)
XUA
Transmitter PNP NPN 7
BN/1 BN/1 + BN/1 +
BK/4
BK/4
BU/3
BU/3 BU/3
VI/4 Test
Beam break test

8
For thru-beam transmitter XUAH0203 only For thru-beam transmitter XUAH0203S only
BN + BN +
+ +
1 1
VI VI
4 4
BU BU
3

3

9
Beam made Beam broken Beam made Beam broken
LED on (steady light) LED flashing LED on (steady light) LED flashing
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/57
dimensions Osiris Application
Conveyor system and access control series
Miniature design
Four-wire d.c. Solid-state output
Diffuse system with background suppression

Sensing dist. Function Output Connection Reference Weight
1 (Sn) m
0.0150.08 NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY PS989SP
kg
0.075
depending M8 connector XUY PSCO989SP 0.044
on wiring
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY PS989SN 0.075
M8 connector XUY PSCO989SN 0.044
2
(Sn) m kg
0.030.25 NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY P989SP 0.075
depending M8 connector XUY PCO989SP 0.044
on wiring
XUY PS989Sp NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY P989SN 0.075
M8 connector XUY PCO989SN 0.044
3 Sensing dist. Function
(Sn) m
Output Connection Reference Weight
kg
1 NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY B989SP (1) 0.093
with depending M8 connector XUY BCO989SP (1) 0.061
50 x 50 mm on wiring
reflector NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY B989SN (1) 0.093
M8 connector XUY BCO989SN (1) 0.061
4
(1) 50 x 50 mm reflector (XUY1111) and multi-adjustment fixing bracket included with sensor.
Accessory For use with
Reflector, 50 x 50 mm XUY B989Sp XUY1111 0.018
XUYB989Sp Thru-beam system

(Sn) m kg
XUY1111 4 (Transmitter) Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY E989 0.075
5 4 (Receiver) NO/NC PNP

M8 connector XUY ECO989
Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY R989SP
0.044
0.075
depending M8 connector XUY RCO989SP 0.044
on wiring
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUY R989SN 0.075
M8 connector XUY RCO989SN 0.044
b Applications:
6 v
v
Monitoring position or presence of parts, with background suppression
Detection of height of objects on a conveyor
v Detection of product, pellet, powder levels.
Dimensions
XUY PS989Sp XUY E989 and XUY R989pp XUY1111
13 20 13,5 10 6 50
(2)
7
10
5
(1)
(1)
32
40
2,8
60
3 9,5
8 2x3,1
2,5
14,5 2x3,1
XUY p989Sp
Transmitter/Receiver 8
13,5 10
9 (2)
(1)
40
10
3 9,5
(1) Optical axis.

2,5 2x3,1 (2) Precision adjustment.
1/58
schemes Osiris Application
Conveyor system and access control series
Miniature design
Characteristics
Sensor type XUY ppppp XUY pCOppppp
e, cULus (1)
M8, 4-pin, on 0.2 m flying lead
1
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) m 0.08, diffuse with background suppression
m 0.25, diffuse with adjustable sensitivity
m 1, polarised reflex (with 50 x 50 mm reflector)
m 4, thru-beam
Type of transmission LED
Modulation frequency
Red, pulsed
6 kHz (4 kHz for XUY PSpp989Sp)
2
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC60529 IP 65 and IP 67
Ambient air temperature For operation C 0...+ 50
For storage C - 20...+ 80
Materials Case ABS
Lens PMMA
Cable
Immunity to ambient light Natural light Lux
PVC
10 000 (insensitive for XUY PSpp989Sp)
PUR 3
Incandescent bulb Lux 5000 (insensitive for XUY PSpp989Sp)
Rated supply voltage V c 12...24 with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits (including ripple) V c 10...30
Current consumption, no-load mA < 25
Switching capacity per output mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
V
Hz
At 100 mA: < 2; at 10 mA: < 1
500
4
Delays Response and recovery ms 1
(1) This product is UL Listed if supplied by a class II or isolated supply delivering c 30 V max. (isolated transformer for example) and protected by a UL fuse rated
at 3 A max.
Wiring scheme - connector Wiring scheme - pre-cabled
5
M8 Pin n - colour Diffuse Polarised reflex and thru-beam
2 4 1 BN: Brown PNP output PNP output
1 3 2 WH: White NO c 10-30 V NC c 10-30 V NC c 10-30 V NO c 10-30 V

BN BN BN BN
3 BU: Blue
4 BK: Black BK BK BK BK
WH WH WH WH
BU BU BU BU
0V 0V 0V 0V
6
Transmitter NPN output NPN output
BN c 10-30 V Nc: Not connected NO c 10-30 V NC c 10-30 V NC c 10-30 V NO c 10-30 V
BK Nc BN BN BN BN
WH WH WH WH
WH Nc
BU 0V BK BK BK BK
BU 0V BU 0V BU 0V BU 0V
7
Access control Monitoring metal rods Detection of tin cans on a conveyor
10
1/59
Osiris Application
Miniature design, metal
567541

distance (Sn) kg
1 Diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity

0.77 m NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BPANL2 0.128
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BNANL2 0.128
NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BPBNL2 0.128
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM5BNBNL2 0.128
XUM 5BppNL2
2 5 m with NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9BPANL2 0.128
reflector XUZ C50 NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM9BNANL2 0.128
567542
2 m with
reflector XUZ C08
567543
Reflectors
3 Universal reflector 50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.020
Lateral reflector 8.6 x 29.5 mm XUZC08 0.006
XUZ C08
XUZ C50 Thru-beam system (transmitter + receiver)
15 m NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPANL2 0.237
4
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNANL2 0.237
524751
Transmitter only
524752
15 m Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BKCNL2T 0.128
5 Receiver only
15 m NO PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPANL2R 0.128
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNANL2R 0.128
NC PNP Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BPBNL2R 0.128
NPN Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) XUM2BNBNL2R 0.128
XUM 2B2KCL2T XUM 2BppNL2R
Fixing accessory
6 Description Reference Weight
kg
567546
Base mounting fixing bracket XUZAM81 0.020
7
XUZ AM81
10
1/60
schemes, Osiris Application
Characteristics
Sensor type XUMpBppNL2
e, cULus, CTick
Length: 2 m
1
Sensing distance m 0.77, diffuse system with adjustable sensitivity
nominal Sn / maximum m 5, polarised reflex
m 15, thru-beam
Type of transmission Red, except diffuse system (Infrared)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67
Storage temperature
DIN 40050
C
IP 69 K
- 40+ 70
2
Materials Case Zamack and stainless steel
Lens Glass
Cable PVC (black for transmitter, grey for other
versions)
Shock resistance
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 1.5 mm, 2 hours in each direction X, Y and Z
500 m/s2 10 x in each direction X, Y and Z
3
Indicator lights Output state Orange LED (excluding transmitter)
Stability Green LED
Transmitter Orange LED: supply on
Receiver Red LED: light received; green LED: supply on
4
Current consumption, no-load mA 16 for XUM 5; 13 for XUM 9; 11 for transmitter XUM 2; 13 for receiver XUM 2
Voltage drop, closed state V y3
Response
Recovery
ms
ms
0.5
0.5 5
Wiring schemes
Pre-cabled PNP NPN Transmitter c
(-) BU (Blue) +
(+) BN (Brown)
BN/1 BN/1 + 1/BN
PNP BK/4 (NO,NC) NPN
OUT/Output BK (Black) BK/4 (NO,NC)
6
3/BU
BU/3 BU/3
Curves
Diffuse Polarised reflex Thru-beam
7
2 12 40

10 35
1,5 30
8 25
1 6 20
4 15
0,5 10
2 5
0 0 0
-2 -5
8
-0,5 -10
-4 -15
-1 -6 -20
-8 -25
-1,5 -30
-10 -35
-2 -12 -40
0 0,5 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 10 15 20
Vertical movement Distance (m) XUZ C08 Distance (m) Distance (m)
Horizontal movement XUZ C50
10
1/61
Osiris Application
Diffuse system
Description - XUM 5BppNL2 Dimensions - XUM 5BppNL2
1 (1) (3) 29,5
0,35
(1) 16,2
MIN MAX
7,1
19,8
4,2 L = 2 m
3,8
(2) R
36,8
40,8
20
2 T
3,8
2xM3
4,2
(1) Output state LED.
(2) Stability and power on LED. (1) Potentiometer.
(3) Adjustment potentiometer.
3
R: Reception, T: Transmission.
Description - XUM 9BppNL2 Dimensions - XUM 9BppNL2
(1) 29,5 16,2
0,35
7,1
19,8
36,8
40,8
R
20
4,2 L = 2 m
(2)
T
2xM3
4,2
5 (2) Stability and power on LED.
Thru-beam system
R: Reception, T: Transmission.
Description - XUM 2BKCNL2T Dimensions - XUM 2BKCNL2T Dimensions - XUM 2BppNL2R

(1) 29,5 16,2 29,5 16,2
0,35
0,35
7,1
7,1
6
19,8
19,8
36,8
36,8
4,2 L = 2 m
40,8
40,8
20
20
T R
Description - XUM 2BppNL2R
2xM3 2xM3
(1)
4,2 4,2
7
4,2 L = 2 m
(2)
(1) Output state LED. T: Transmission. R: Reception
10
1/62
Osiris Application
Accessories
Reflectors Fixing bracket
XUZ C08 XUZ C50 XUZ AM81 1
3,2 8,6 35 4xR5 32
2xM3 21 5,5
3,3
29,5
33,3
25
2
10
Optical
20
(1) axis
44
47
60
51
69
23,3
16
11 12,8
3,5 (1) 2x5,5 2x4,5

Optical axis
3
8,1
4,2
8 51,5
11
18
12
32 4,2 5 5,5
(1) 2 x M3 (1) Elongated holes 4.5 x 8
4
10
1/63
characteristics, Osiris Application, assembly series
Miniature design
accessories with laser transmission and teach mode
Miniature design
1
Laser
class 2

IEC 825-1.
Visible laser radiation: do not
2 stare into beam.
System Polarised reflex Diffuse with background suppression Colour mark reader
Type of transmission Red laser, pulsed, Class 2, wavelength: 655 nm

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 1001000 mm (1) 1060 mm 30110 mm 40150 mm
3 References
4-wire, PNP output NO/NC function, selectable XUY BCO929LSP XUY PSCO929L1SP XUY PSCO929L2SP XUY PCCO929LSP
Weight (kg) 0.056 0.056 0.056 0.056
Characteristics
4 Product certifications e
Vibration resistance Conforming to 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
5 Shock resistance
IEC60068-2-6
Conforming to 30 gn, duration 11 ms
IEC60068-2-27
Materials Case ABS
Immunity to ambient light 5000 Lux
6 Laser transmission T pulse: 3 s, pulse frequency: 5 kHz
Spot diameter < 0.7 mm < 0.3 40 mm < 0.7 mm
Voltage drop, closed state < 2.4 V
Current consumption, no-load 25 mA 30 mA 25 mA
7 Indicator lights Supply on/Dirty

Output signal
Green LED
Yellow LED
Adjustment Using teach button or remote teaching (external input)
(1) With 50 x 50 mm reflector, reference XUY 1111.
b Applications
v Monitoring of small parts on production machines
8 v Setting-up of sensors
Accessories
Description Details Length References Weight
of cable
m kg
9 connector Elbowed (90)
Straight
2
5
XZC P1041L2
XZC P0941L5
0.080
0.180
Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
Reflector for 50 x 50 mm XUY 1111 0.018
XUY BCO929LSP
Fixing bracket XUY 929 0.013
10 XUY 1111
Protection bracket Vertical rear fixing
Lower side fixing
XUY 9291
XUY 9292
0.070
0.061
1/64
Description, Photo-electric sensors
Miniature design
schemes with laser transmission and teach mode
Description
XUY BCO929LSP
1 1
2
Teach In (T.I.)
Yellow LED: Detection LED (1)
b Teach mode (yellow and green LEDs are on)
v Line up with reflector, press T.I. for 3 seconds: both LEDs flash
1
3 Green LED: Supply on or fault v Insert the object, press T.I. for 1 second: the green LED flashes then remains on (teaching
2 due to accumulation of dirt completed).
(if LED off)
3
XUY PSCO929LpSP, XUY PCCO929LSP
R 1
2
3
Teach In (T.I.)
Yellow LED: Detection LED (2)
Green LED: Supply on or fault
b Teach mode (yellow and green LEDs are on)
v Line-up with object, press T.I. for 3 seconds: both LEDs flash
v Remove the object, press T.I. for 1 second: the green LED flashes then remains on (teaching
2
T due to accumulation of dirt completed).
(if LED off)
R: Receiver
T: Transmitter
NO/NC b Press T.I. for 13 seconds: the two LEDs alternatively flash (on the release of T.I., the green LED remains on). 3
b Each press on T.I. changes the output state (NO, NC, NO, NC, ...). When T.I. is not pressed for 10 seconds, the green LED
goes off: the selected state is memorised.
(1) Whether the output is direct or inverse, the detection LED goes off only on beam break.
(2) Whether the output is direct or inverse, the detection LED comes on only when an object is present.
Dimensions Wiring schemes

XUY BCO929LSP, XUY PSCO929LpSP Pre-cabled M8 connector 4
Pin n - colour
20 (1) 12 PNP BN c 10-30 V 2 4 1 BN: Brown
1 3 2 WH: White
BK 3 BU: Blue
(2)
5
WH
(1) 4 BK: Black
BU 0V
24
32
(1) - Connected to +: external teaching,

17 (3)
- Connected to : locking of functions.

(2) Output 100 mA max.
9 (2)
6
4
2,6
10,7 M8x1
(1) 2 elongated holes 3.2 x 4.2.

(2) Transmitter optical axis.
(3) Receiver optical axis. 7
Detection of pharmaceutical ampoules Detection of connection tags on integrated circuits passing on rail
10
1/65
References 1
Osiris Universal and Optimum

Fibre design, amplifiers

Teach mode
Universal amplifiers (with fine adjustment and 4-digit screen)

1 distance (Sn)
m
(pre-cabled or
connector)
kg
561584
Depending on NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled XUDA2PSML2 0.040

+
fibre used Programmable

switching M8 connector XUDA2PSMM8 0.040
NPN Pre-cabled XUDA2NSML2 0.040
2 M8 connector XUDA2NSMM8 0.040
XUDA2
3 Optimum amplifiers
distance (Sn) (pre-cabled or kg
m connector)
Depending on NO/NC PNP Pre-cabled XUDA1PSML2 0.040
561785
fibre used Programmable
4 switching M8 connector XUDA1PSMM8 0.040
NPN Pre-cabled XUDA1NSML2 0.040
M8 connector XUDA1NSMM8 0.040
5
XUDA1
10
1/66
schemes, Osiris Universal and Optimum

dimensions Fibre design, amplifiers

1
Teach mode
Characteristics
Sensor type XUDA1ppSMM8, XUDA1ppSML2,
XUDA2ppSMM8
e, cULus
XUDA2ppSML2
1
Connection Connector M8
Pre-cabled Length 2 m
Sensing distance (Sn) Depending on fibre used, see page 1/68 and sensing distance divided by 2 for XUD
A2 configured for rapid frequency
Adjustable sensitivity Teach mode on XUD A1,
Teach mode and fine adjustable by +/- key and 4-digit screen on XUD A2 2
Type of transmission Red
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 529 IP 65 with 2 mm fibre (IP 64 with 1 mm fibre)
3

Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED
Instability Red LED for XUDA1
Stability Green LED for XUDA2
Signal level By 7-segment / 4 digit display for XUDA2
4
Voltage limits (including ripple) V c 10.826.4
Current consumption, no-load mA y 50

Alarm output mA y 50 mA for XUDA2 with overload and short-circuit protection
Protection against mutual interferences Yes for XUDA2
Voltage drop, closed state V y 2 for XUD ApPpppp, y 1 for XUD ApNppppp
5
Maximum switching frequency kHz 1 kHz for XUD A1, 1 or 5 kHz configurable for XUDA2
Output time delay ms 0 or 40 on recovery for XUDA2

Response
Recovery
ms
ms
< 0.5 (0.1 for XUDA2 in rapid frequency mode)
< 0.5 (0.1 for XUDA2 in rapid frequency mode)
6
XUD A2 connections
M8 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN
2 4 1(+) BN Brown (+) BN/1 + BN/1 +

3 (-) BU Blue (-)
7
PNP NPN
BK/4 WH/2 BK/4 WH/2
1 3 4 (OUT/output) BK Black (output)
2 (alarm) WH White(alarm)
BU/3 BU/3
(WH only on XUDA2)
XUD A1 connections
2 4
1(+) BN Brown (+) BN/1 + BN/1 +
1 3
3 (-)
4 (OUT/output)
BU Blue (-)
BK Black (Output)
PNP
BK/4
NPN
BK/4 8
2
BU/3 BU/3
Dimensions
9
XUDAp XUDA1
ALM OUT
SET
40
XUDA2
10
OUT
- SET + 1234 H T S
65 10
1/67
Dimensions, Photo-electric sensors 0
references, Fibre optic light guides for Osiris Universal and
characteristics, Optimum amplifiers

PLASTIC fibres with end fittings, thru-beam system
curves
1
R
R = minimum bend radius

Fibre of ext. 2.2 mm, R = 25 mm
Fibre of ext. 1 mm, R = 10 mm
XUFN2S01Lp, R = 4 mm
2 M2,6 1,5 M2,6
12 3
12 3
x0,45 x0,45
15 5 90
M4 M3
x0,7 x0,5
M4
x0,7
3
2,2 2,2 1
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) With fibre L = 2 m 200 mm (1) 180 mm 50 mm (1)
With lens 1500 mm (2) 1000 mm (2)
4
Application, features General use Accurate positioning
References (complete assembly - 2 fibres)

With standard end fittings L=2m XUFN12301 XUFN35301
L = 10 m XUFN12301L10
With 90 mm flexible end fittings, L = 2 m XUFN12311
5 Weight (kg) 0.030 (L = 2 m) 0.030 0.045
Characteristics
Fibre (view on sensing face)
6
Core ( mm) 1x1 1x1 1 x 0.5
Trimmable to required length Yes Yes Yes
(trimmer XUFZ11 included)
Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25+ 60 C. For storage: - 40+ 80 C
Vibration resistance 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance 30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27
Degree of protection IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010
Materials
7
Fibres: PMMA; sheath: PE
Detection curves
XUFNpppppL10 XUFN12301, N12311 XUFN35301
Percentage reduction in sensing distance
related to length of fibre
100%
8 mm
50%
200
mm
Sn 200 mm
100
9
0%
2m 5m 10 m
Length of fibre 25
cm 6 3 -3 -6 cm 6 3 -3 6
of
of
beam
beam
(1) Can be used with 90 mirror XUFZ02, see page 1/75.
10 (2) With lens accessory XUFZ01, see page 1/75.
References of amplifiers: Accessories:

page 1/66 page 1/75
1/68

PLASTIC fibres with end fittings, thru-beam system
curves
0,8 M2,6 M2,6 2
20
12 3
12 3
x0,45 M8 x0,45
90
M4 x1,25 M4
x0,7 x0,7
15
M3
x0,5
3
1 2,2 2,2
30 mm 300 mm (1) 2500 mm 100 mm (1)

2000 mm (2) 750 mm (2)
4
Accurate positioning Long sensing distance fibres Fibres with integral lens Flexible fibres for cyclic movements,
Resistant to accumulation of dirt areas with restricted access
XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2S01L2

XUFN2P01L10 XUFN2L01L10 XUFN2S01L10
XUFN35311
0.045 0.058 (L = 2 m) 0.060 (L = 2 m) 0.062 (L = 2 m)
5
6
1 x 0.5 1 x 1.5 1x1 1x1
Yes Yes Yes Yes
For operation: - 25+ 60 C. For storage: - 40+ 80 C

7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
30 gn, duration 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27
IP 64 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP 641 conforming to NF C 20-010
7
XUFN35311 XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2S01L2
mm
mm 2500 8
2000 mm
mm
300
200
700
9
100
15
cm 6 3 -3 6 cm 6 3 -3 -6 cm 9 6 3 -3 -6 -9 cm 6 3 -3 -6
of of of of
beam beam beam beam
10
1/69

PLASTIC fibres with end fittings, diffuse system
curves
2,2
1
R
M6
M6 x0,75
15
R = minimum bend radius x0,75
15
Fibre of ext. 1 mm, R = 10 mm
5
3
XUFN5S01Lp, R = 4 mm
90
M6
2 x0,75
15
8
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 70 mm 60 mm 60 mm
Application, features General use Positioning
References
With standard end fittings L=2m XUFN05321 XUFN05323
4 L = 10 m
With 90 mm flexible end fittings, L = 2 m
XUFN05321L10

XUFN05331

Weight (kg) 0.030 (L = 2 m) 0.030 0.060
Characteristics
5
Core ( mm) 2x1 2x1 1 x 1 + 16 x 0.265
Trimmable to required length Yes Yes Yes
6 Ambient air temperature

7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Materials Fibres: PMMA; sheath: PE
Detection curves (object 10 x 10 cm, white 90%)

7 XUFNpppppL10 XUFN05321 XUFN05331, XUFN05323
Percentage reduction in sensing distance
related to length of fibre mm mm
100%
70
50 50
8 50%
20 20
0 2m 5m 10 m mm 9 6 3 -3 -6 -9 mm 9 6 3 -3 -6 -9
Length of fibre of of
9 beam beam
10

page 1/66 page 1/75
1/70

curves
1
M4
x0,7 M4
3 12
15
13
x0,7 3 12
3
2
12
M4
90
M3 x0,7
3 12
x0,5 M2,6
15
x0,45
15
18 mm 18 mm 6 mm 15 mm 95 mm 55 mm 3
Positioning Positioning Areas with restricted Positioning Long sensing distance Flexible fibres for cyclic
access fibres movements, areas with
restricted access
XUFN01321 XUFN04331 XUFN02323 XUFN5P01L2 XUFN5S01L2

XUFN01331

XUFN5P01L10

XUFN5S01L10

4
0.045 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.058 (L = 2 m) 0.062 (L = 2 m)
5
2 x 0.5 2 x 0.5 2 x 0.265 1 x 0.5 + 4 x 0.25 2 x 1.5 2x1
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
6
7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz), 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
conforming to IEC 60068-2-27
XUFN01321, N01331 XUFN04331 XUFN02323 XUFN5P01L2 XUFN5S01L2 7

mm
90
mm
70
15
8
mm 50
mm 50
mm
15
7,5 20 20
10 3
mm 6 3 -3 -6 mm 6 3 -3 -6 mm 6 3 -3 -6 mm 9 6 3 -3 -6 -9 mm 63 -3 -6
of
beam
of
beam
of
beam
of
beam
of
beam
9
10
1/71
references, Fibre optic light guides for Osiris Full colour
characteristics amplifiers
30 34 30
1
R
9,2
11,6
11,6
4
5
5
(2) 6 (2) 7 (2) 7
R = 40 mm
(1) (1) (1)
2
2000
2000
2000
3
(3) (3) (3)
15 9,8
15 9,8
15 9,8
29,7
30,7
30,7
10
15
4 14,5 20
30
16
(1) Fibre reference ring for transmitter.

(2) Transmitter.
(3) 2 elongated holes 3.2 x 6.7 for M3 screws
5 Maximum tightening torque: 0.3 N.m.

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm
with fibre L = 2 m
Application, features Focused fibres, specially suited to Osiris Full colour sensors XURC4pPML2
References
With specific end fittings L=2m XUFN5L01L2 XUFN5L02L2 XUFN5L03L2
6 for detection of colours

Weight (kg) 0.030 0.030 0.030
Characteristics
7
Core ( mm) Transmitter: 1 x 1 Transmitter: 1 x 1.5 Transmitter: 1 x 1.5
Receiver: 1 x 1.5 Receiver: 1 x 1.5 Receiver: 1 x 1.5
Trimmable to required length No No No
Spot diameter 2.5 mm 5 mm 8 mm
8
Materials Fibres: PMMA; sheath: PE. Head: PA 66, lens PC
10
References of amplifiers:
page 1/104
1/72

GLASS fibres with end fittings, thru-beam and diffuse
curves systems
M6
1
R
32,5
Metal sheath, R = 90 mm
M4 2
970
M2,6
M2,6
M4
25
3
970
4
System Thru-beam Diffuse
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 200 mm (1)
with fibre L = 1 m 1500 mm (2) 70 mm
Application High temperatures
References (complete assembly - 2 fibres for thru-beam system)

5
With standard end fittings L=1m XUFS2020 XUFS0520
Weight (kg) 0.070 0.075
Characteristics
6
Core ( mm) 1x1 2x1
Ambient air temperature For operation and storage: - 40+ 180 C
Materials
Fibres: glass; sheath: metal 7
Detection curves
XUFS2020 XUFS0520
mm
mm
8
200
70
50
100
9
cm 6 3 -3 -6 cm 2 1 -1 -2
of of
beam beam
(1) Can be used with 90 mirror XUFZ02, see page 1/68.
(2) With lens accessory XUFZ01, see page 1/68.
10

page 1/66 page 1/75
1/73

PLASTIC fibres without end fittings, thru-beam system
curves
1
R

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) L = 2 m See detection curves below (1)

Application General use
4 References
Fibre without end fitting XUFZ910 XUFZ920 XUFZ911 XUFZ921
Weight (kg) 0.020 0.040 0.040 0.080
Characteristics
Fibre
5 Core ( mm) 1x1 1 x 1.4

Length 10 m 20 m 10 m 20 m
Trimmable to required length Yes Yes
6 Shock resistance
Materials Fibres: PMMA; sheath: PE
Detection curves
XUFZ911, Z921 XUFZ910, Z920 XUFZ911, Z921
7
XUFZ910, Z920
Sensing distance (thru-beam system)

300 mm
250 mm
mm mm
200 mm
1 200
150 mm 300
8
120 mm
100 mm
2
50 mm 100 150
0 mm
4 m 10 m 20 m 30 m 40 m
Total length
cm 6 3 -3 -6 cm 8 4 -4 -8
1 XUFZ911, Z921
9 2 XUFZ910, Z920
Total length = sum of the 2 strands of of
used to constitute a thru-beam system beam beam
(1) It is possible to increase the sensing distance of fibres without end fittings by using fixing clamps with lens (XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05), see page 1/75.
10

page 1/66 page 1/75
1/74
Fibre optic light guides for Osiris Universal and
Optimum amplifiers
Accessories
Accessories for fibres with threaded end fittings

Description For use with Reference Weight
XUFZ02
90 mirror Fibre optic light guides XUFZ02
kg
0.005
1
(set of 2) XUFN1p30p,
XUFN35301 and
XUFS2020 (thru-beam
XUFZ01 system)
XUFN2p01Lpp
Lenses for increasing sensing

distance
Fibre optic light guides XUFZ01
XUFN1p30p,
0.005
2
(set of 2) XUFN35301 and
XUFS2020 (thru-beam
XUFZ06 system)
Focusing lens for high precision Fibre optic light guides XUFZ06 0.001
detection. Detection of 0.5 mm objects XUFN02323
at a distance of 7 mm. Also enables
detection of objects against a background
(1)
(diffuse system)
3
Accessories for plastic fibres without end fittings
Description Mounting For use with Reference Weight
XUFZ13, XUFZ03 plane kg
4
Fixing clamps Axial Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ13 0.002
(set of 2) guides XUFZ
Frontal Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ14 0.002

guides XUFZ
5
Lateral Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ15 0.002
guides XUFZ
XUFZ14, XUFZ04
Fixing clamps with Axial Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ03 0.002
lens (set of 2) guides XUFZ
6
Frontal Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ04 0.002
guides XUFZ
Lateral Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ05 0.002

XUFZ15, XUFZ05 guides XUFZ
Protection accessories
Description For use with Reference Weight 7
kg
Protective tubing Plastic fibre optic light XUFZ210 0.040
Length 1 m guides with M4
threaded end fittings
Plastic fibre optic light

guides with M6
XUFZ310 0.065
8
threaded end fittings
Other accessories
Description Sold in Unit reference Weight
9
lots of kg
Fibre trimmer 1 XUFZ11 0.006
XUFZp10
Plastic end adaptor for connecting 2 XUFZ08 0.002

1 mm fibres to amplifiers XUDA
XUFZ11 XUFZ08
(1) Characteristics obtained when the fibre is fully screwed into the lens (screwing depth = 4 mm). 10
References of fibre optics:

pages 1/68 to 1/74
1/75
Curves Photo-electric sensors 0
Optimum amplifiers
Accessories
Detection curves for plastic fibre optic light guides with fixing clamps
Sensing distance of fibres XUFZ9ppp fitted with fixing clamps XUFZpp
1 Fibre type Clamp type
XUFZ13 XUFZ14, Z15 XUFZ03 XUFZ04, Z05 Without clamp
XUFZ910, Z920 (2 fibres L = 2 m) Sn 150 mm 100 mm 800 mm 600 mm 200 mm
XUFZ911, Z921 (2 fibres L = 2 m) Sn 220 mm 150 mm 1200 mm 900 mm 300 mm
Other fibre lengths:
5 m fibres: reduce the sensing distance by a factor of 0.7.
10 m fibres: reduce the sensing distance by a factor of 0.5.
2 20 m fibres: reduce the sensing distance by a factor of 0.3.
Detection curves with lens Detection curves without lens

Fixing clamp XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05 Fixing clamp XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05 Fixing clamp XUFZ13, Z14 or Z15 Fixing clamp XUFZ13, Z14 or Z15
+ fibre XUFZ910 or Z920 + fibre XUFZ911 or Z921 + fibre XUFZ910 or Z920 + fibre XUFZ911 or Z921
mm mm mm mm
3
Sn
Sn
Sn
Sn
4 cm 2 -2 cm 4 -4 cm 6 -6 cm 6 -6
of of of of
beam beam beam beam
10

pages 1/68 to 1/74
1/76
Dimensions Photo-electric sensors 0
Optimum amplifiers
Accessories
Dimensions
XUFZ01 XUFZ210 XUFZ06
M8x1 M4 M4 1
across flats
7
M2,6
3 11 4
15 1000 20
10 22
2
XUFZ02 XUFZ310
M10x1 M6
across flats
3
10
M2,6
6,5
9,2
15 1000 20
XUFZ03, XUFZ13 XUFZ04, XUFZ14 XUFZ05, XUFZ15

6 (1) 3,05 6 3,05 6 3,05
4
2,75
2,75
2,75
(1)
(1)
9,5
9,5
9,5
15
15
15
6
6
7,5 12,5 7,5 12,5 7,5 12,5 5

6 3,05 (1) 6 3,05 6
2,75
2,75
2,75
(1)
(1)
6
9,5
9,5
9,5
15
15
15
6
7,5 12,5 7,5 12,5 7,5 12,5
(1) Light beam window. 7
10

pages 1/68 to 1/74
1/77
characteristics, Fibre optics for Osiris amplifier
GLASS fibres with end fittings
dimensions, For diffuse and thru-beam systems
curves
GLASS fibre optics for diffuse system

Standard sheath
1
3,5 4
External
R
XUYFVP: 5 mm M4x0,7
9
10 mm M4x0,7
21
XUY FVER: 3 mm
11
6,5 8x8
6,5
20 6
Metal reinforced sheath
2 R
20 mm
XUYFVP: 5 mm
XUY FVER: 3.5 mm
3
High temperature
sheath
R XUYFVP: 5 mm
30 mm XUY FVER: 5 mm
4
Applications
b Detection in high temperature environment (up to 200 C)
b Detection in aggressive environment
b Application requiring high level of performance
References
Type of end fitting Straight Lateral
Sheath Standard Metal High Standard Metal High
5
reinforced temperature reinforced temperature
References with 0.6 m long fibre (1) XUYFVPSD61 XUYFVPMD61 XUYFVPTD61 XUYFVPSL61 XUYFVPML61 XUYFVPTL61
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) 80 80 80 80 80 80
Weight (kg) 0.040 0.045 0.052 0.042 0.056 0.056
Characteristics
Fibre 400 strands per mm2
6
Usable diameter of fibre 1.2 mm
Ambient air temperature For operation Standard: - 25+ 60 C
Metal reinforced: - 25+ 120 C
High temperature: - 25+ 200 C
Detection end fitting Nickel plated brass
Materials Fibre 50 glass
Sheath Standard: PVC + thermo polyolefine,
Metal reinforced: spiraled metal + polyolefine
7 High temperature: flexible stainless steel
(1) For 1 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 101. Example: XUYFVPSD61 becomes XUYFVPSD101 for a 1 m long fibre.
For 1.5 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 151. Example: XUYFVPMD61 becomes XUYFVPMD151 for a 1.5 m long fibre.
For 2 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 201. Example: XUYFVPTD61 becomes XUYFVPTD201 for a 2 m long fibre.
Detection and attenuation curves
XUYFVPpp61
8 mm
15
10
5 50 100 % D
5
10
15
9
Attenuation related to length Bending influence Material influence
1
1 White paper
Attenuation (%)
Attnuation (%)
Attenuation (%)
0 0 0,9
-10
2 Wood, beige
0,8
0,7 cardboard
-25 -20
0,6 3 Black paper
-30 4 Raw steel
0,5
-50 -40 0,4 5 Raw aluminium
10
-50 0,3
-75 -60 0,2
0,1
0 1 2 3 4 5 m 0 10 20 mm 0
1 2 3 4 5
Length of fibres Bend radius
1/78
curves
2,5 1
20
9
M4x0,7
21
6,5
2
6,5
M4x0,7
3
21
9
2,5
89
4
Extended Pliable
Standard Metal High temperature Standard Metal High temperature
XUYFVPSA61 (1)
reinforced
XUYFVPMA61 (1) XUYFVPTA61 (1) XUYFVPSC61 (1)
reinforced
XUYFVPMC61 (1) XUYFVPTC61 (1)
5
80 80 80 80 80 80
0.041 0.046 0.053 0.043 0.057 0.057
400 strands per mm2

1.2 mm
Standard: - 25+ 60 C 6
Nickel plated brass
50 glass
Standard: PVC + thermo polyolefine,
7
High temperature: flexible stainless steel
(1) For 1 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 101. Example: XUYFVPSA61 becomes XUYFVPSA101 for a 1 m long fibre.
For 1.5 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 151. Example: XUYFVPMA61 becomes XUYFVPMA151 for a 1.5 m long fibre.
For 2 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 201. Example: XUYFVPTA61 becomes XUYFVPTA201 for a 2 m long fibre.
10
1/79
curves
GLASS fibre optics for thru-beam system

Standard sheath
1 R
10 mm
External
XUYFVP: 5 mm 14
XUY FVER: 3 mm
11
6,5
21
M4x0,7
3,5
9
Metal reinforced sheath
2 R
20 mm
XUYFVP: 5 mm
XUY FVER: 3.5 mm
5 8x8 4
M4x0,7
20 6
High temperature sheath

3 R
XUYFVP: 5 mm
XUY FVER: 5 mm
30 mm
4 Applications
b Detection in high temperature environment (up to 200 C)
b Detection in aggressive environment
b Application requiring high level of performance
References
Type of end fitting Straight Lateral
Sheath Standard Metal High Standard Metal High
5 References with 0.6 m long fibre (1)

reinforced temperature reinforced
XUYFVERSD61 XUYFVERMD61 XUYFVERTD61 XUYFVERSL61 XUYFVERML61 XUYFVERTL61
temperature
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200
Weight (kg) 0.042 0.046 0.060 0.052 0.061 0.075
Characteristics
Fibre 400 strands per mm2
6 Usable diameter of fibre

Ambient air temperature For operation
1.2 mm
Standard: - 25+ 60 C,
Detection end fitting Nickel plated brass
Materials Fibre 50 glass
Sheath Standard: PVC + thermo polyolefine
7
(1) For 1 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 101. Example: XUYFVERSD61 becomes XUYFVERSD101 for a 1 m long fibre.
For 1.5 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 151. Example: XUYFVERMD61 becomes XUYFVERMD151 for a 1.5 m long fibre.
For 2 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 201. Example: XUYFVERTD61 becomes XUYFVERTD201 for a 2 m long fibre.
Detection and attenuation curves
XUYFVERpp61
8 mm
45
30
15 50 100 % D
15
30
45
9 Attenuation related to length Bending influence Material influence

Attenuation (%)
Attnuation (%)
1 1 White paper
0 0 0,9 2 Wood, beige
-10 0,8 cardboard
-10 -20 0,7 3 Black paper
0,6
-30 4 Raw steel
0,5
-20 -40 0,4
5 Raw aluminium
10
-50 0,3
-30 -60 0,2
0,1
0 1 2 3 4 5 m 0 10 20 mm 0
Length of fibres Bend radius 1 2 3 4 5
1/80
curves
1
2,5
M4x0,7
2
20
9
89
21
2,5
9
21
M4x0,7
5
3
Extended Pliable
Standard Metal High temperature Standard Metal High temperature
XUYFVERSA61 (1)
reinforced
XUYFVERMA61 (1) XUYFVERTA61 (1) XUYFVERSC61 (1)
reinforced
XUYFVERMC61 (1) XUYFVERTC61 (1) 5
80 80 80 80 80 80
0.043 0.047 0.061 0.053 0.061 0.076
400 strands per mm2
6
1.2 mm
Standard: - 25+ 60 C,
Nickel plated brass
50 glass
Standard: PVC + thermo polyolefine
7
(1) For 1 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 101. Example: XUYFVERSA61 becomes XUYFVERSA101 for a 1 m long fibre.
For 1.5 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 151. Example: XUYFVERMA61 becomes XUYFVERMA151 for a 1.5 m long fibre.
For 2 m long fibre, replace 61 in the reference by 201. Example: XUYFVERTA61 becomes XUYFVERTA201 for a 2 m long fibre.
10
1/81
Fibre optics for Osiris amplifier
For diffuse and thru-beam systems
Accessories
Focusers for diffuse system fibre optics
1 Description For use with Nominal sensing
distance (Sn)
Unit reference Weight
mm kg
Focusers XUYFVERSD61 10 XUY 1120 0.003
for pinpoint reading of reference marks, XUY FVERMD61 30 XUY 1125 0.004
contrasts, faults XUY FVERTD61
2
Focusers for thru-beam system fibre optics
Description For use with Nominal sensing Unit reference Weight
hhhh distance (Sn)
mm kg
Focusers for increasing sensing distances XUY FVERSD61 800 XUY 1121 (1) 0.004
(sold in lots of 2) XUY FVERMD61 3000 XUY 1124 (2) 0.012
XUY FVERTD61
800 XUY 1122 (1) 0.006
3 (1) 70 max.
(2) 250 max.
10
1/82
Fibre optics for Osiris amplifier
For diffuse and thru-beam systems
Focusers
XUY 1120 XUY 1125
25 10 35 30 1
M4x0,7 M4x0,7
6,5 8,5
XUY 1121 XUY 1124 XUY 1122R 2

18 20 8x8
11
M4x0,7 M4x0,7
5 8,5 17
M4x0,7
6,5
3
10
1/83
curves Fibre optics for amplifier
Ecofibre system in PLASTIC for customer assembly
Ecofibre concept Fibres without End fittings

end fitting
1 Assemble your own fibre
optics.
Optic
5,5
M8x1
4
10
28
2 Optic
3 3
9
5 5
16
16
3
5 End fittings
Nominal sensing distance Sn (mm) 70 200 800
Reference XUYA110 XUYA210 XUYA211
Weight (kg) 0.009 0.004 0.004
Fibres without end fitting

6 Type of fibre Single fibre, plastic, single strand
7
Length (m) 1 10 50
Usable diameter (mm) 1 1 1
External diameter (mm) 2.2 2.2 2.2
Reference XUY A005 XUYA00510 XUYA00550
Weight (kg) 0.006 0.042 0.220
8
Curves
End fittings XUYA110 XUYA210 XUYA211
cm cm cm
9 5
10 40
4
3
5 20
2
10 1
1 0,5 0,5 0,5 1 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
1/84
curves Fibre optics for amplifier
Ecofibre system in PLASTIC for customer assembly
Optic 8x8
1
310 8
6M6x1
M6x1
30
8
2
32
Optic
M6x1
13,5
08 (1)
10
25
6 Optic
M12x1
End fitting for passing through 3
partition
25
35
8
4
(1) 6.2 cut-out.
1200 4000 1200

5
XUYA212 XUYA213 XUYA220 XUYA310
0.011 0.045 0.018 0.017
Single fibre, plastic, multistrand Dual fibre, plastic, single strand

6
7
1 1
1 1
2.2 2.2
XUYAU005 XUYFP2BRINA005B
0.006 0.080
8
XUYA212 XUYA213 XUYA220

cm cm cm
80 400
80
9
40 200 40
10
3 2 1 0 1 2 3 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
1/85
characteristics Osiris Optimum
Amplifiers for plastic or glass fibre optics
Amplifiers for plastic fibre optics (1)

524698
524696
1 dist. (Sn)
m kg
Adjustment using +/- button (2)
Depending NO/NC PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUY AFP966S 0.124
on fibre dpg. on wiring M8 connector XUY AFPCO966S 0.056
Adjustment using teach mode (3)
t
2
Depending NO/NC PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUY AFP946S 0.124
on fibre programmable M8 connector XUY AFPCO946S 0.056
SET
t
O
Amplifiers for glass fibre optics
LO-D
dist. (Sn)
m kg
Adjustment using +/- button (2)
3
XUY AFP966S XUY AFP946S
Depending NO/NC PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUY AFV966S 0.116
on fibre dpg. on wiring M8 connector XUY AFVCO966S 0.047
524697
524699
Adjustment using teach mode (3)

Depending NO/NC PNP/NPN Pre-cabled XUY AFV946S 0.124
on fibre programmable M8 connector XUY AFVCO946S 0.047
Accessories
4 Description Details Length
of cable
Reference Weight
t
m kg
SET
Pre-wired M8 connector Straight 2 XZC P0941L2 0.080
t
Elbowed (90) 2 XZC P1041L2 0.080
LO-D
O
Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
5 (1) Fibre trimmer included.
(2) Indication of level by bargraph, adjustment by pressing button.
XUY AFV966S XUY AFV946S (3) Fine mode or standard mode, adjustment using teach.
Characteristics
Sensor type XUY AFp9p6S XUY AFCO9p6S
Product certifications e, cULus (4)
6 Connection Connector
Pre-cabled

Length: 2 m
M8, 4-pin

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) Depending on fibre optic used
Type of transmission LED Red LED
Modulation frequency 8 kHz
Sensitivity adjustment Using teach (fine mode or standard mode) and/or +/- button, depending on model
7 Ambient air temperature For operation

For storage
C
C
0...+ 60
- 20...+ 80
Materials Polycarbonate
Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb Lux 10 000
Natural light Lux 20 000
Voltage limits (including ripple) V c 10...30
8 Current consumption, no-load

Switching capacity
mA
mA
< 40
100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Voltage drop, closed state V <2
Maximum switching frequency kHz <1
External input (5) Active V < 1.4
Inactive V >3
Delays Response and recovery ms < 0.5
9 Output time delay (5) Range

Duration of each increment
s
ms
05 in 11 adjustment increments
First increment 40 ms then 500 ms for each press
at 3 A max.
(5) Only for models with teach mode.
b Applications using plastic fibre optics b Applications with glass fibre optics
v Monitoring position or presence of parts on an assembly v Monitoring position or presence of parts on an assembly or
10 or packing machine
v Detection of objects on small conveyor
packing machine
v Detection of presence of parts in a plastic mould
v Use of fibre optics in vibratory environments (robot arms) v Detection in aggressive environments
v Detection of reference and colour marks in packaging v Detection of items exiting an oven (high temperature fibres)
1/86
dimensions, Osiris Optimum
schemes Amplifiers for plastic or glass fibre optics
Presentation
XUYAFp, adjustment using button XUYAFp, adjustment using teach mode
1 Detection 1 Detection
1
2 Indication of the level of 2 Dirty optics, limit of detection, alignment assistance
adjustment
3 Time delay active
3 Keypad locking
4 Action keypad, keypad locking
1 4 Sensitivity increase 1
5 Automatic adjustment of the threshold, access to special 2
5 Sensitivity decrease 2 functions
2 3
4 6 Sensitivity increase, direct/inverse output, time delay
increase
3 t 5
7 Sensitivity decrease, On-delay, Off-delay inversion, time
+ 4 6
3
delay decrease
5 7
Dimensions
XUY AFP966S/AFPCO966S
Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail . (1)
XUY AFV966S/AFVCO966S
Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail
4
(1)
10
5,5
5
20
20
60
60
25,4
25,4
SET SET
2x4,1 2x4,1
6
6,7
6,7
30 13 30 13
7
(1) Plastic fibre optic: 2.2 mm (1) Glass fibre optic: 3 mm
Wiring schemes
XUY AFP966/AFV966 XUY AFP946/AFV946 M8 connector
Pin Colour
BN c 10/30 V BN c 10/30 V 2 4 N
N N 1 BN Brown
1 3
Microprocessor BK Microprocessor BK 2 WH White
BU
P
0V BU
P
0V
3 BU Blue 8
4 BK Black
Remote teach mode
WH WH If not used: connect to +
Connected to +: direct funct.
Connected to : inverse funct.
Thru-beam and diffuse system detection Thru-beam system detection 9
10
1/87

Colour mark readers (detection of contrast) (1)
3 System Diffuse
Type of transmission White LED (400-700 nm)
References
4
Description Reference
3-wire, PNP or NPN PNP output XUK R1PSMM12
NPN output XUK R1NSMM12
Weight (kg) 0.045
Characteristics
5 Vibration resistance
For storage
- 20+ 70 C
Amplitude 0.5 mm, f = 10...55 Hz for each axis
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms, 6 shocks on each axis
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65
Connection M12, 4-pin, male connector; direction adjustable through 90
Materials Case ABS
Lenses Glass (window tilted, anti-reflective glass)
6 Spot diameter
Resolution
At 19 mm: 3.5 mm
0.5 mm
Depth of field 2 mm
Adjustment Teach mode using button or remotely using remote wire
Indicator lights Output Yellow LED
Stability Green LED: Ready
Flashing green/red: error
7 Rated supply voltage
Voltage limits
c 1224 V
c 1030 V (including ripple)
Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with protection against reverse polarity, overload and short-circuit
Voltage drop, closed state 2V
Maximum linear speed of mark 2.5 m/s for 1 mm wide mark
8
Delay 100 s for response and/or recovery
Time delay Time delay function Minimum time output active: 20 ms
Auxiliary functions Remote teaching via remote wire; teach mode button locking
Operating mode Standard teaching: output activated on dark mark
(1) Applications: detection of contrasting colours on reflective, matt or embossed surfaces. Colour mark and index mark reading function on automated packaging
and filling systems and on labelling, heat sealing, thermo-forming and printing machines, etc.
10
1/88
Presentation, Photo-electric sensors 1

schemes Compact design, 50 x 50

Colour mark readers (detection of contrast)
Presentation
Description Detection zone and spot size Detection curve
1 2 3 %
1
% of signal
100
a 80
SET
60
40
1 Output LED
20
2
0 10 20 30 40
2 Dual colour stability LED Detection distance (mm)
3 SET button
a (mm) (mm)
XUKR1pSMM12 19 3.5
3
Fixing accessory
kg
Fixing bracket XUZ K2000 0.040
(2 screws, 2 nuts and 2 washers included)
4
Dimensions
XUKR1pSMM12 Fixing bracket XUZ K2000
50
42 15
26,5
16,5
20
2 9
5
5
2xx4,1
2
x5,1
50
42
50
8
x4,3
6
29,5
18x45
2xx4,4 x5,3
11 6 30 2 10
16
M12
66 15
7
Connections
Connector scheme Wiring schemes
Sensor connector pin view Automatic light or dark switching selection depending on chronological order of
teaching for the mark and the background.
1 (+)
8
PNP output NPN output
Adjust- 2 4
Output +
ment 1 + 1
input
3 () 2
2
4 4
Pin N Type Colour 3
3
1
2
c 10...30 V Brown
Adjustment input (1) White
9
3 0V Blue
4 Output Black
(1) Connecting the Remote adjustment input to + Vdc is
equivalent to pressing the SET button.
10
1/89
characteristics, Osiris Application, packaging series
Colour mark readers
accessories With teach mode
Colour mark reading using plastic fibre optic

Remote reading by coaxial fibre optic
System Diffuse
3 Type of transmission
Nominal sensing distance (Sn)
White LED (450 - 650 nm)
18 mm with fibre optic XUY FPDC61/101
4 mm with fibre optic XUY FPDCM861/M8101
References
4-wire, PNP/NPN output NO/NC function XUY DCFCO966S (1)
4 Weight (kg) 0.047
Characteristics
Product certifications e
Ambient air temperature For operation 0+ 40 C
5 Connection
Materials Case
M8 male connector
Polyamide
Lens Polyamide
Rated supply voltage c 24 V
Spot diameter 1.5 mm
Modulation frequency 40 kHz
6 Depth of field FPDC: + 1/- 3 mm Black/White, + 7/- 5 mm Grey/White

FPDCM8: 1 mm
Adjustment By teaching background and mark
Voltage limits c 1030 V with protection against reverse polarity
(including ripple)
Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb 10 000 Lux
Natural light 20 000 Lux
7 Switching capacity
100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
<2V
Delays Response and recovery 25 s
Output state indication LED
8 Accessories
(1) Sensor XUY DCFCO966S only operates with fibres XUY FPDCpppp and XUY FPDCM8ppp, to be ordered separately.
Description Details Length Length References Weight

of fibre of cable
mm m kg
Integrated fibre M18 600 XUY FPDC61 0.100
9 optic
to be ordered at
1000 XUY FPDC101 0.115
the same time M8 600 XUY FPDCM861 0.060
as the amplifier 1000 XUY FPDCM8101 0.075
10 Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
1/90
Colour mark readers
schemes With teach mode
Presentation
1 Detection of the lightest shade 1

2 Programming assistance
3 Alarm/press button
1
4 Programming button
2 2
3
SET
t 4
Dimensions
XUY DCFCO966S
Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail
XUY FPDCppppp
4
8 (2) M18x100 (3)
5
20
18 40 18
(1)
5
60
8 (2) 9
25,4
M8x100 (3)
SET
10 16 4
2x4,1
(1) The ring indicates the transmitter fibre.

6
(2) Bend radius: 15 mm.
7
(3) 2 nuts included with fibre optic.

30 13
7
.
Wiring schemes
Cabling M8 connector
Pin n - colour
2 4 1 BN: Brown
BN c 10/30 V
2 WH: White
8
Microprocessor 1 3
N
3 BU: Blue
BK
4 BK: Black
P
BU 0V
WH Nc
(1) High level on first shade "taught".

Nc: Not connected.
9
10
1/91

Colour mark readers (1)

Compact design
System Diffuse
3 Type of transmission (line of sight along case axis or at 90

depending on position of lens)
Red or green, manually switched Red or green, automatically selected when
using teach mode
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 9 mm (7 mm with XURZ02 or 18 mm with XURZ01) (2)
Sensitivity adjustment By 20-turn potentiometer Automatic when using teach mode
References
3-wire, PNP or NPN Light or dark programmable XURK0955D XURK1KSMM12
4 programmable
Weight (kg)
switching (3)
0.550
Characteristics
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 0.6 mm (f = 1055 Hz)
5 Shock resistance
30 gn, duration 11 ms
IP 67
Connection M12 connector M12 connector, can be set at 3 positions
(suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions, see page 9/44)
Materials Case: zinc alloy; lenses: glass
Spot dimensions At 9 mm: 1.5 x 5 mm (with lens XURZ0p see table on page 1/93)
Minimum detectable width of mark 0.5 mm
6 Maximum vertical inclination of reader
Maximum linear speed of mark
20
10 m/s (for 1 mm wide mark)
Voltage drop, closed state y 1.2 V (NPN); y 2.2 V (PNP) y 1 V (NPN); y 2 V (PNP)
Current consumption, no-load y 80 mA
7 Maximum switching frequency
Delays
10 kHz
First-up:y 100 ms; response:y 50 ms; recovery:y 50 ms
Time delay OFF delay: 20 ms, activated/deactivated by internal link (XURK0955D) or by internal switch
(XURK1KSMM12)
Analogue output c 05.5 V (voltage proportional to light
reflected by the object)
8 Function table Function Detection of dark mark on light

background
Detection of light mark on dark
background
No mark present Mark present No mark present Mark present
in the beam in the beam in the beam in the beam
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: Light switching
red LED
(illuminated when sensor output is ON)
9 Dark switching
(1) Applications: detection of contrasting colours on reflective, matt or embossed surfaces. Colour mark and index mark reading function on automated packaging
and filling systems and on labelling, heat sealing, thermo-forming and printing machines, etc.
(2) Lenses for reduction or magnification of spot (see page 1/160 and spot size table on page 1/93).
(3) Programmable light or dark switching using switch for XURK0955D, automatically programmed (in teach mode) depending on chronological order of teaching
10
for the mark and the background for XURK1KSMM12.
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/92

schemes Colour mark readers

XUR K0995D, XUR K1KSMM12

Detection zone and spot size Detection curve Vertical inclination
(mm)
% of signal
110
1
100
a
90
2 1
80
b
70
c 60
50
2
40
3
30
XUR a b c
20
Kppppppp 9 5 1.5 1 XURKpppppppp An angle of 5 to 10 from vertical is
Kppppppp + XURZ01 18 7 2 10
2 XURKppppppp + XURZ02 recommended for reflective or
Kppppppp + XURZ02 7 4 1
Lenses XURZ0p, see page 1/160
0
0 5 10 15 20 25
3 XURKppppppp + XURZ01
transparent surfaces.
Maximum vertical inclination: 20. 3
Distance (mm)
Dimensions
XURK0995D XURK1KSMM12
21
4
62,5
58,5 21 39,8 8,5 M12x1
24
M12
15
8 x M5x5
28
5
28
28
28
95
81,2
87
27,5
75
8xM5x6
36,6
41,5
36,5
14,1
6
5,9 42,2
4,3
15,5 24 30 58 31
4

XURK0995D XURK1KSMM12
Light switching function Automatic light or dark switching selection depending on chronological order of
PNP output NPN output teaching for the mark and the background
1
4
+ 1
4
+ PNP output
1
NPN output
+ 1 + 7
2 2
3 3
2 2 R
4 05,5 V 4 R 05,5 V
3 3
Dark switching function R = 2.2 k
1
4
+ 1 + 8
4
3 3
2 2
Connector Functions Connector Functions
9
scheme scheme
(sensor connector 1 Light/dark switching (sensor connector 1 Green LED, sensor in teach
pin view) selector pin view) mode
1 (+) 2 Threshold adjustment 2 Red LED, output state
1 3 Transmission colour 1 (+) 3 Teach mode button for mark
1
2 4 selector switch cap 4 Teach mode button for
2 2 4 2
L
D
4 4 Output state LED background
OUT
PUT
5 Adjustment aid LEDs 3
3 () 3 ()
10
4
See connection on 3 PNP/NPN programming See connection on PNP/NPN programming
page 9/44 5 and time delay by internal links page 9/44 and time delay by internal
switches
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/93

Luminescence sensors (1)

Design 18
3 System Diffuse
Type of transmission Ultraviolet (370 nm)
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 20 mm for colour mark reading,

0...80 mm in diffuse mode
Sensitivity adjustment By potentiometer
4 References
3-wire, PNP Light switching (2) XU5M18U1D
Weight (kg) 0.075
Characteristics
5
Product certifications e, CSA, UL
Vibration resistance Conforming to 7 gn, amplitude 0.6 mm (f = 1055 Hz)
IEC 60068-2-6
Shock resistance Conforming to 30 gn, duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27
6 Connection M12 connector
Lenses PMMA
Spot dimensions At 20 mm: 3 x 1 mm
Auxiliary functions External synchronisation, locking
7 Indicator lights Output state

Teach mode
Green LED

Switching capacity (sealed) y 100 mA
with protection against reverse polarity, overload and short-circuit
Voltage drop, closed state y1.5 V (PNP)

y20 mA
1 kHz
Delays First-up 100 ms
Response 500 ms
Recovery 500 ms
Time delay OFF delay: 20 ms, activated/deactivated by cabling method
9 (1) Applications: detection of invisible reference marks, markings, glues or varnishes containing bluing agents.
(2) Output activated when a blued mark on a non blued background is present.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/94

schemes Luminescence sensors (1)

Curves
XU5M18U1D
Detection curves
cm
1
3
2 8 cm
3 2
Object 5 x 5 cm, white 90%
Spot size at 20 mm: oval, 3 x 1 mm
Vertical inclination
An angle of 5 to 10 from vertical
is recommended for reflective or
transparent surfaces
3
Maximum vertical inclination: 20
Dimensions 4
XU5M18U1D
4
M18x1 (1) (2)
5
55 24
82
95
(1) Potentiometer.
6
(2) Green LED.
Fixing nut tightening torque: 15 N.m.
Wiring schemes
XU5 M18U1D
Connector scheme Wiring schemes (3-wire c)
(Sensor connector pin view) PNP output
2
1 (+)
4 Output See connection on

Without output signal time delay
1 +
With output signal time delay (20 ms)
1 +
7
Time delay (1)
page 9/44 4 4
3 () 3 3
2 2
(1) OFF delay of output signal:

- no time delay: connect contact 2 to (+)
- 20 ms delay: connect contact 2 to (-)
8
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/95
characteristics, Osiris Application, assembly series
Detection of illumination using plastic fibre optic
accessories and teach mode
Fibre design
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) Depending on fibre optic used
References
4-wire, PNP/NPN output NO/NC function XUY AFLCO966S
programmable
Weight (kg) 0.054
4 Characteristics
5 Materials
Case Polycarbonate
c 1224 V with protection against reverse polarity
Current consumption, no-load < 40 mA
Maximum switching frequency < 5 Hz
6 External input Active < 1.4 V
Inactive >3V
Delays Response and recovery < 100 ms
Output time delay Range 05 s in 11 adjustment increments
Duration of each increment First increment 40 ms then 500 ms for each press
Indicator lights Output signal Green LED
7 Limit of detection
Time delay active
Red LED
Red LED
Sensitivity adjustment Using teach (fine mode or standard mode)
Adjustment possible using +/- button
Remote teaching using external input (fine mode)
b Applications
8 v Verifying operation of indicator lights on electrical appliances
v Testing car headlights on production line
Accessories
of cable
m kg
9 Plastic fibre optic (1) 2.2 mm 1 XUY A005 0.007
Pre-wired M8 connector Straight 2 XZC P0941L2 0.080

Elbowed (90) 2 XZC P1041L2 0.080
Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
10
(1) End fitting, see page 1/84.
1/96
Detection of illumination using plastic fibre optic
schemes and teach mode
Presentation
1 Output signal
1
2 Limit of detection
Positioning assistance
3 Time delay active
4 Action keypad
1
2
5
Locking keypad
Automatic adjustment of threshold

2
t 3
Access to special functions
4
SET 6 Sensitivity increase
t 5 NO/NC output
+ Time delay increase
LO-DO
6
7 7 Sensitivity decrease
On-delay, Off-delay inversion 3
Time delay decrease

Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail Scheme M8 connector 4
(1) Pin n - colour
BN c 10/30 V
2 4 1 BN: Brown
2 WH: White
1 3
10
N
3 BU: Blue
BK 4 BK: Black
P
5
20
BU 0V
(1)
WH
t
60
25,4
(1) Remote teaching. If not used: connect to +.
+ 6
2x4,1
6,7
30 13
(1) 2.2 mm plastic fibre optic. 7

Verifying operation of car headlights on an assembly line Verifying operation of indicator lights on electrical appliances
10
1/97
Osiris Application, packaging series

For detection of transparent materials

Design 18, plastic or stainless steel
Three-wire d.c., solid-state output
18 plastic, coaxial polarised reflex with teach mode

524072
Sensing distance Function Line of Output Reference Weight

1 (Sn)
m
sight
kg
Pre-cabled (2)
01.4 NO or NC, by Along case PNP XUBTAPSNL2 (1) 0.110
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTANSNL2 (1) 0.110
XUBTpppNL2 XUZC50/C50HP
00.8 NO or NC, by 90 to case PNP XUBTAPSWL2 (1) 0.113
2
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTANSWL2 (1) 0.113
524074
XUZC50/C50HP
M12 connector
01.4 NO or NC, by Along case PNP XUBTAPSNM12 (1) 0.045
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTANSNM12 (1) 0.045
XUZC50/C50HP
XUBTpppWL2 0...0.8 NO or NC, by 90 to case PNP XUBTAPSWM12 (1) 0.048
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTANSWM12 (1) 0.048
3 XUZC50/C50HP
524073
18 stainless steel, coaxial polarised reflex with teach mode

Sensing distance Function Line of Output Reference Weight
(Sn) sight
m kg
Pre-cabled (2)
4 XUBTpppNM12 01.4
With reflector
NO or NC, by
programming
Along case PNP
axis NPN
XUBTSPSNL2 (1)
XUBTSNSNL2 (1)
0.135
0.135
XUZC50/C50HP
0...0.8 NO or NC, by 90 to case PNP XUBTSPSWL2 (1) 0.138
524038
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTSNSWL2 (1) 0.138

XUZC50/C50HP
M12 connector
5
01.4 NO or NC, by Along case PNP XUBTSPSNM12 (1) 0.070
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTSNSNM12 (1) 0.070
XUZC50/C50HP
XUBTpppWM12 0...0.8 NO or NC, by 90 to case PNP XUBTSPSWM12 (1) 0.073
With reflector programming axis NPN XUBTSNSWM12 (1) 0.073
XUZC50/C50HP
536353
805799
Accessories for XUB Tpppppp (3)

6 Description Dimensions Reference Weight
kg
Universal reflector 50 x 50 mm XUZC50 0.020
(without blind zone)
Application reflector 50 x 50 mm XUZC50HP 0.020
520312
XUZC50 XUZC50HP (accuracy, detection sensitivity)
7 Fixing accessories (4)

kg
550003
3D fixing kit for use on M12 rod for XUB T or XUZC50/C50HP XUZB2003 0.170
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
Stainless steel fixing bracket XUZA118 0.045
8 Plastic fixing bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035
(1) Application reflector XUZ C50HP included with the sensor.

(2) For a 5 m long cable, replace L2 by L5.
Example: XUBTAPSNL2 becomes XUBTAPSNL5.
XUZB2003
9
805817
XUZ 2001
XUZA118
520984
10
805818
XUZA218 XUZ2003
1/98
schemes, Osiris Application, packaging series

curves, For detection of transparent materials

Design 18, plastic or stainless steel
dimensions Three-wire d.c., solid-state output
Characteristics
Sensor type XUBTppppM12 XUBTppppL2
UL, CSA, e
M12
1
Nominal sensing distance Sn Line of sight along case axis m 0 to 1.4 with reflector XUZC50/C50HP
Line of sight 90 to case axis m 0 to 0.8 with reflector XUZC50/C50HP
Beam divergence 1.5 ( 37 mm spot at 1.4 m)
Blind zone 0
Preferred approach direction
Any
Coaxial polarised red
2
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65, IP 67, double insulation i
IP 69K for XUBTSppppp
Temperature Storage C - 40+ 70
Operation C 0+ 55
Materials Case XUBTAppppp: plastic, PBT
Lens
XUBTSppppp: stainless steel (grade 304Cu)
PMMA
3
Cable PvR
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 1 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
Supply on Green LED

Stability
V
Red LED
c 1224 with protection against reverse polarity
4
Switching capacity per output mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
5
Response and recovery s < 500
Wiring schemes
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue)
4 3 BN/1 + BN/1 +
1 (+)
4 OUT/Output
(+) BN (Brown)
OUT/Output BK (Black)
PNP BK/4 NPN
BK/4 6
1 2 2 Not connected
BU/3 BU/3
Detection curves Dimensions

With reflector XUZ C50 XUB Tpppp
Line of sight along case axis Line of sight 90 to case axis Pre-cabled
(mm)
Plug-in connector
(mm)
7
4 4 a b a b
2 2 b
18, line of sight 64 44 78 44
a along case axis
-2 -2 18, line of sight 78 44 92 44
-4 -4 90 to case axis
Sn 1,4 m Sn 0,8 m
8
Setting-up Application examples
Recommended distances and application restraints
(1) (1)
10
(1) No blind zone. Detection of transparent bottles. Detection of plastic film.
1/99

For detection of transparent materials, with teach mode and

automatic compensation for accumulation of dirt (1)
Solid-state output
Compact design
2
System Reflex
Type of transmission Red
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 1.5 m (with 50 x 50 mm reflector)
3 References
3-wire, PNP or NPN Light or dark programmable XUKT1KSML2 (2) XUKT1KSMM12 (2)
switching
Weight (kg) 0.280 0.120
Characteristics
4 Product certifications e, UL, CSA

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 1055 Hz)
5
Materials Case PC
Lenses PMMA
Cable PVC
6 Connection Pre-cabled, diameter 6 mm, length 2 m,

wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm2
M12 male connector, adjustable to 2 positions
(suitable female connectors, including pre-
wired versions, see page 9/44)
7
Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
8 Delays First-up
Response
80 ms
0.3 ms
Recovery 0.3 ms
Time delay Monostable, on-delay or off-delay (programmable) adjustable from 0.1 to 5 seconds
Function table Function Reflex system
9 No object present
in the beam
Object present
in the beam
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: yellow LED Light switching
Dark switching
10 (1) Sensor memorises, in teach mode, the environmental conditions in which the object is to be detected and adapts to any variations.
(2) 50 x 50 mm reflector reference XUZ C50 included with the sensor.
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/100
schemes, Osiris Application, packaging series

operation For detection of transparent materials, with teach mode and

automatic compensation for accumulation of dirt
Solid-state output
Dimensions
XUKT1KSML2 Bracket fixing XUKT1KSMM12 with cover raised
50
Fixing bracket mounting according to position of connector
65
1
40 (1) 12 (2)
2 x 4,5
7
18
2
40,5
34
58
40
50
60
40
82
80
15
20 6
35
13
29,5
5
10 O
58 18 22 12 (3)
29,5
(1) Cover locking tongue (2) 1 elongated hole 6 x 12
(3) 1 elongated hole 6 x 13
Light switching programmed (no object present) Dark switching programmed (no object present) Alarm output
PNP output programmed NPN output programmed PNP output programmed NPN output programmed PNP programmed
+ + BN/1 + + BN/1 +
4
BN/1 BN/1 BN/1
BK/4 BK/4 BK/4 WH/2
BK/4
BU/3
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
NPN programmed
BN/1 +
WH/2

BU/3
Connection
Cable connections Connector scheme 5
XUKT1KSML2 XUKT1KSMM12
()
() BU (Blue)
4 3
(+) BN (Brown)
Output
(OUT) BK (Black) signal
1 2
Alarm WH (White)
6
(+) Alarm output
Functions
6 Switches LEDs
1 1 Light/dark switching programming 6 Yellow LED: output and teach mode aid
2 2 Time delay activated or deactivated 7 Red LED: alignment aid and alarm indicator
1
2 3 Normal time delay or monostable
7
3 3 4 Normal time delay On-delay or Off-delay Potentiometer and button
4
5 4 5 PNP or NPN output T Time delay adjustment
8 Teach mode button
5
7 T 8
Time delays
Switch positions No time delay Normal time delay (T) Normal time delay (T) Monostable time delay (T)
Time delay on trip On-delay Time delay on reset Off-
delay 8
= light or dark
switching function
(see below)
or or or or 9
Receiver state
Light switching Beam intact
Beam broken
T T T T T T T
Dark switching Output ON

Output OFF
T T T T T T T
10
Output ON
Output OFF
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/101

For colour detection (1)
3 System Diffuse
Type of transmission White LED (400-700 nm)
Type of colour processing RGB
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 20 mm (Operational distance, see curve on page 1/103)
4 References
3-wire, PNP + 1 synchro input Light switching XUK C1PSMM12
3-wire, NPN + 1 synchro input Light switching XUK C1NSMM12
Weight (kg) 0.085
Characteristics

For storage
- 10+ 55 C
- 20+ 70 C
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude 0.5 mm, f = 10...55 Hz for each axis
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11ms, 6 shocks on each axis
Connection M12, 8-pin, male connector; direction adjustable through 90
Materials Case ABS
6 Spot diameter
Lenses Glass (window tilted, anti-reflective glass)
At 20 mm: 4 mm
Adjustment Teach mode Teaching using SET (adjustment) and SEL (Selection) buttons
Operating mode C (colour) or C+I (colour + intensity), independent for each channel
Tolerance level Selectable tolerance for varying shades of colour from TOL 0 to TOL 9
Auxiliary functions External synchronisation, locking
Indicator lights and display Display 4-digit
7 Output active
Output state OUT
3 green LEDs: output 1, 2 or 3
Yellow LED if one output (1, 2 or 3) activated
Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with protection against reverse polarity, overload and short-circuit
Voltage drop, closed state 2 V
8
Maximum switching frequency 1.5 kHz
Delay 335s for response and recovery
Time delay Selectable (5, 10, 20, 30 or 40 ms)
Function table for each channel (3 channels) Colour recognised by sensor Colour not recognised by sensor
Light switching function
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator
9 (illuminated when sensor output is ON)
(1) Applications: Osiris Full colour is a colour sensor that can recognise up to 3 colours. It can be used to sort objects by colour or to monitor colours, and is
insensitive to surface finishes (matt or reflective), as well as ambient lighting. The sensor is suitable for use in many industrial sectors, such as packaging
machines, printing machines, etc.
10
1/102

schemes Compact design, 50 x 50

For colour detection
Presentation
Description Detection zone and spot size Detection curve
12 3 % 1
Object reflection
99 White
a 90 Yellow light
123
72
OUT
54
SET SEL
5 4
36
18
Dark blue
Black
2
1 Output LED a (mm) (mm)
0 5 15 25 35
2 OUT1, OUT2 and OUT3 LEDs XUKC1pSMM12 20 4 Detection distance (mm)
3 Display (green, 4-digit) Detection distance related to reflection coefficient
4 SEL button (adjustment) of object
5 SET button
Diagram Accessories
3
SYNC passive = Vdc, SYNC active = 0 V Description Diameter Length Reference Weight
Passive mm m kg
SYNC
Active
Pre-wired M12, 8-pin, 6.5 3 XSZ MCR03 0.230
connectors, screened
cable (1) 10 XSZ MCR10 0.715
4
ON
Output
OFF Fixing bracket XUZ K2000 0.040
335 ms 170 ms (2 screws, 2 nuts and 2
max. max. washers included)
Dimensions
XUKC1pSMM12 Fixing bracket XUZ K2000
50 26,5 20 5
42 25 16,5 2 9
5
2xx4,1
2
x5,1
6
42
50
50
8
x4,3
31,65
18x45
2xx4,4 x5,3
11,5 5,5 30 2 10
16
M12
66 15
Connections
7
Pre-wired connector XSZMCRpp scheme Wiring schemes
Sensor connector pin view PNP output + synchro input NPN output + synchro input
Output 3
5 Output 2 2 + 2 +
8
6 8 3
4
3 4
Output 1
7 3 4 5
8
2 5
1 +
8 7 7
Synchro
1
Pin N Type

Colour (2)
WH (white) 9
2 c 10...30 V BN (brown)
3 Output 1 TAN (tan)
4 Output 2 YE (yellow)
5 Output 3 GY (grey)
6 PK (pink)
7
8
0V
Synchro
VT (violet)
RD (red) 10
Screening TR (transparent)
(1) The use of screened cable is recommended in order ensure correct operation of the sensor, especially in environments subject to electromagnetic interference.
(2) With pre-wired connector XSZ MCRpp.
1/103
characteristics 1 Osiris Application, packaging series

For colour detection (1)

Compact design and fibre design
System Diffuse Thru-beam or diffuse depending on fibre optics

selected
3 Type of transmission Red, blue and green
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 4060 mm 4250 mm depending on fibre optics

(see page 1/105)
References
3-wire PNP Light switching XURC3PPML2 XURC4PPML2
3-wire NPN Light switching XURC3NPML2 XURC4NPML2
4 Weight (kg)
Characteristics
0.260 0.190
Ambient air temperature Operation - 10+ 50 C
Storage - 30+ 70 C
Ambient humidity 3585 % RH (without condensation)
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Amplitude 0.75 mm, f = 1055 Hz, 2 hours on the 3 axes
5 Shock resistance
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 50 gn, 5 shocks on the 3 axes
Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 IP 65
Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 5.4 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 7 x 0.2 mm
Materials Case Aluminium
Lenses Glass
Cable Vinyl rubber sleeve
6
Cover Polyacrylate
Spot diameter At 40 mm: 4 mm Depending on fibre optics: 2.58 mm
At 50 mm: 6 mm (see page 1/105)
At 60 mm: 8 mm
Immunity to ambient light Sunlight 10,000 Lux max.
Halogen light 3000 Lux max.
7 Voltage limits
Switching capacity (sealed)
Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V
Switching time Programmable by switch: 0.8 ms, 1.5 ms or 6 ms
Time delay Programable by switch: 40 ms on falling edge
8 Function table per channel (3 channels) Colour recognised Colour not recognised
Function light switching by detector by detector
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator
(illuminated when detector output is ON)
(1) Applications: Osiris Full colour is a colour detector that can recognise up to 3 colours. It can be used to sort objects by colour or to monitor colours, and is
9 insensitive to surface finishes (matt or gloss), as well as ambient lighting. The detector is suitable for use in many industrial sectors, such as packaging lines,
print shops, etc.
10
1/104
Presentation, Photo-electric detectors 1

mounting, For colour detection

schemes
Presentation
1 Operational status LED 4 C or C + I selector 7 Output time delay selector (T-ON/T-OFF)
2 Teach mode button, for
memorising reference colours
v Mode C : this mode, is used for the
detection of different coloured objectifs.
v Output time delay, internal synchronisation
mode 1
3 Reference colours and operating v Mode C + I: in this mode, the detector is Object
OUT mode selector insensitive to varying surface finishes of the detected
1 v Selection of reference colours object to be detected.
Output ON
A B C (SET) 5 Synchronisation mode selector OFF
v Selection of operating mode: v Internal synchronisation mode (INT): 40 ms 40 ms
SET 2 - TOLERANCE mode (positions in this mode, colour detection is performed
2
15): 5 positions allow selection of continually. v Output time delay, external
TOLERANCE
2 3 4 C+I
the tolerance level to be applied to v External synchronisation mode (EXT): synchronisation mode
the shading of the colour to be in this mode, colour detection is Object
1 5 4
3 detected. synchronised with an external signal. detected
A
S C - RUN mode (position S): this mode Object Ext. synchro
C B enables sorting by colour.
RUN SET detected signal
FAST T-ON Ext, synchro Output ON
EXT (40ms)
signal OFF 40ms 40ms
N 7
3
5 Output ON R R R
INT T-OFF OFF R = response time
SLOW
Same colour
6 6 Response time mode selector
Different colour
v Fast mode (F), normal mode (N) slow
mode (S).
Dimensions
XURC3pPML2 XURC4pPML2
7 50 5 82,4 5 25 (2)
Mounting on rail
16
4
42 (1) 30
5
(3)
44
22
37
5
68
80
(1)
25
(1) Mounting on rail
(2) Fibre optic clamp (4) 15
(3) 1 elongated hole 4.4 x 5.4
(4) 2 elongated holes 4.4 x 6.4
7
(1) 2 holes for M5 screws, depth 10 mm

Mounting
6
Installation precautions Suitable fibre optics. For further information, see pages 1/68 to 1/72.
b To obtain Type of System Reference Sensing Diameter of spot (mm)
optimal detection of the fibre distance
colours, it is (mm)
recommended that the Focused Diffuse XUFN5L01L2 10 2,5
15

detector be positioned
such that the
transmitted light beams
XUFN5L02L2
XUFN5L03L2
20
30
5
8
7
strike the object at an Standard Diffuse XUFN05321 5
Figure 1 Figure 2 angle of 15 from its XUFS0520 4
vertical axis (figure 1).
XUF N02323 + XUFZ06 7 0,5
b The direction
of travel of the object Thru- XUFN12301 + XUFZ01 250
must be as shown in beam (1) XUFS2020 + XUFZ01 150
15

figure 2. This provides
detection that is less
(1) Detection of colour by transparency 8
sensitive to variations in Cable connections
the angle of detection. BN (brown) + Supply (1224 V)
Figure 1 Figure 2 BU (blue) -
PK (pink) SET signal (remote activation of teach mode to memorise reference
colours)
9
VI (violet) EXT signal (external synchronisation)
BK (black) Output A
WH (white) Output B
GR (grey) Output C
Wiring schemes
PNP NPN
BN BN
+ +
10
BK
PK WH
VI GY
BK PK
WH VI
GY
BU BU

1/105
characteristics Osiris Application, high performance series
Compact design and fibre design (1)
for colour detection, EEPROM backup
Multipurpose, multilingual, back-lit display

Adjustment using knurnled wheel
System Thru-beam or diffuse depending on fibres selected
3
Type of transmission Red, green and blue
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 370 mm depending on fibres used (see accessories on next page)
References
5 digital colours P output, NO/NC function, selectable XUYLCLAR5DSP (2)
2 x 4-wire type Pinput
26 coded colours P output XUYLCLAR26CSP (3)
2 x 4-wire type
4 Weight (kg)
Additional removable memory option
0.140
XUYLCLARE2P
Weight (kg) 0.025
Characteristics
5
Vibration resistance Conforming to Amplitude 0.75 mm, f = 1055 Hz, 1 octave/mm
IEC60068-2-6
Shock resistance Conforming to 30 gn, 11 ms 1/2 sine wave, 1 shock/3 axes
IEC60068-2-27
Degree of protection Sensor: IP 40; fibre optic: IP 65 depending on model
6 Connection
Materials Case
M8 connector
Polyamide PA6
Display screen Polyamide PA12
Spot diameter 28 mm depending on fibres used
Immunity to ambient light Natural light 6000 Lux max.
Incandescent bulb 5000 Lux max.
7
Rated supply voltage c 1230 V (including ripple)
Current consumption, no-load 120 mA (typical value)
NO/NC function Selectable for all outputs (only applicable to sensors XUY LCLAR5DSP)
Data validation output Valid binary data: ON state (only applicable to sensors XUYLCLAR26CSP)
Response time Fast mode 450 s
8 Normal mode
High resolution mode
1 ms
20 ms
Resolution 12 bits RGB
Colour recognition time delay Trailing edge time delay 0 to 1950 ms
(Off-delay)
9
Adjustment increments 10 ms
Integration of colour recognition Duration 0 to 500 ms
Adjustment increments 0.1 ms
(1) Applications: LC CLARYS is a high resolution sensor that recognises 5 or 26 colours depending on the model. It enables the high precision monitoring of
colours and monitoring the presence of objects. The sensor is suitable for use in many industrial sectors, such as packaging machines, printing machines, etc.
(2) 5 digital colour sensor model, 1 x P output per colour + a P synchronisation input (run/hold).
(3) 26 colour sensor model. The number of the colour recognised is binary coded on 5 outputs. A sixth output indicates valid binary data.
10
1/106
accessories, Osiris Application, high performance series
curves for colour detection, EEPROM backup
Presentation Accessories
Description System Sensing Spot Length References Weight
dist. dia. of
cable 1
mm mm mm kg
1 LCD screen/access Fibre optics Diffuse, high 25 2 600 XUY FLCLHR2561 0.045
menus: special colours performance 1000 XUY FLCLHR25101 0.049
- general parametering
- display of colour n 70 6 600 XUY FLCLHR7061 0.045
recognised XUY FLCLHR70101
2
1000 0.049
1 - selection of colour Diffuse 18 1.5 600 XUY FLCLFPCF61 0.089
- high performance Diameter18
teaching 1000 XUY FLCLFPCF101 0.103
2 Knurled selection and 4060 6 600 XUY FLCLFPCP61 0.089
setting wheel 1000 XUY FLCLFPCP101 0.103
3 Removable memory
2
option
Fibre optics Diffuse 25 (1) XUY FPPSN 201 0.050
3
3
standard Thru-beam XUY FPERSN 201 0.050
A B (2)
Brackets XUY 9LC 0.140
for fibres XUY 925 0.045
FLCHR25 and
FLCHR70
(1) Divergence 30.
4
(2) Detection of colour by transparency, please consult us.
Curves
5 digital colours - XUYLCLAR5DSP
Trailing edge time delay (Off-delay) Integration Synchro input
Colour 1 Colour 2 Colour 3 Colour 1 Colour 2 Colour 3

Colour present Colour present
Output 1 active Output 1 active

Colour recognised 5
t Synchro active
Output 2 active
t Output active
Output 2 active
Output 3 active Output 3 active t
6
26 coded colours - XUYLCLAR26CSP
Trailing edge time delay (Off-delay) Integration
Colour 1 Colour 2 Colour 3 Colour 1 Colour 2 Colour 3

Colour present Colour present
7
t t
Code present Colour present

Code 1 Code 3 Code 1 Code 3
Colour validation output Colour coding table

8
Colour code 1 Colour code 2
Connectors Colour n
recognised
B A
S5 S4 S3 S2 S1
Valid data 30 s 30 s 30 s
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0 (1)
1
9
0 0 0 1 0 2
0 0 0 1 1 3
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
1 1 0 1 0 26
(1) No taught colour recognised.

10
1/107
Dimensions, Photo-electric sensors
accessories Osiris Application, high performance series
Dimensions
XUY LCLARppppp
1 Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail Mounting on plate supplied
40,5 45 15 15 (1)
10 10
26
35
2
45
99
3 32,5
(1) 4 x 4.2 for countersunk head screw.
XUY FPPSN201 XUY FPERSN201
4 M6 x 0,75 2 x 2,2 (1) M2,5 x 0,45 M4 x 0,7 2,2 (1)
4
3 11
4 13
(1) Length: 2 m. Fibre (usable ): 1 mm (1) Length: 2 m. Fibre (usable ): 1 mm
5 Accessories
Fibre optics
High performance Diameter 18
M18x100
12,5
6,5
28
6 14,2
4
7,45 39,5
Sensing Sensing
a 32 distance a 57,5 distance
Fibres a Sensing Spot Fibres a Sensing Spot

distance diameter distance diameter
7 XUY FLCLHR2561
mm
600
mm
25
mm
2 XUY FLCLFPCF61
mm
600
mm
18
mm
1.5
XUY FLCLHR25101 1000 25 2 XUY FLCLFPCF101 1000 18 1.5
XUY FLCLHR7061 600 70 6 XUY FLCLFPCP61 600 4060 6
XUY FLCHLR70101 1000 70 6 XUY FLCLFPCP101 1000 4060 6
8 Bracket for fibre optics XUY FLCLHR25ppp and XUY FLCLHR7061ppp

XUY 9LC XUY 925
21 2xM4 7,45 4,3
4,3
18,5
50
9
(1)
51
48
7
14
48,5
16 10 39
60
24
10 10,5 4,3
22
(1) 2 elongated holes 4.1 x 10.
1/108
Mounting, Photo-electric sensors
schemes Osiris Application, high performance series
Mounting
Installation precautions for fibre optics
High performance Diameter 18 1
2
20 20
3
To improve colour recognition on a reflective object tilt the optical axis by approximately 20.
Schemes
5 digital colours - XUYLCLAR5DSP
P output
26 coded colours - XUYLCLAR26CSP
P output
4
c 12-30 V
c 12-30 V
5
Outputs
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Outputs 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
0V
0V
Cable connections 6
A Pin n - colour Type B Pin n - colour Type
2 4 1 Brown c 12-30 V 2 4 1 Brown O6, synchro input or data validation output
1 3 2 White O2 1 3 2 White O4
3 Blue 0V 3 Blue O5
7
4 Black S1 4 Black O3
10
1/109
Multi-channel amplifier for plastic and glass
fibre optics
Anti-interference and EEPROM backup
Multi-channel amplifier
System 2, 3 or 4 channels
3
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) Depending on fibre optic used
References
Number of channels 2 3 4
PNP output NO/NC function, XUY AFCLARY2STSP XUY AFCLARY3STSP XUY AFCLARY4STSP
selectable
PNP output + analogue output NO/NC function, XUY AFCLARY2ANSP XUY AFCLARY3ANSP XUY AFCLARY4ANSP
4-20 mA selectable
4 NPN output NO/NC function,

selectable
XUY AFCLARY2STSN XUY AFCLARY3STSN XUY AFCLARY4STSN
NPN output + analogue output NO/NC function, XUY AFCLARY2ANSN XUY AFCLARY3ANSN XUY AFCLARY4ANSN
4-20 mA selectable
Weight (kg) 0.150 0.150 0.150
Characteristics
5 Ambient air temperature For operation 0+ 60 C
Connection 2 x M8 connectors
Materials Case Polyamide PA6, glass impregnated
Display screen Polyamide PA12
6 Interference between channels

Stability Temperature between
< 1% for non saturated signals
0.05% per C
1040 C
Immunity to ambient light Natural light 6000 Lux max.
Incandescent bulb 5000 Lux max.
7
Main and auxiliary outputs Switching capacity 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
Residual voltage <2V
Permissible capacitive load 200 nF
Analogue output Type 4-20 mA
Maximum load 300 W
Rising, falling Selectable
8 Auxiliary output
Response and recovery 1 ms
v AND/OR of the main outputs
v Above/below the window zone on 1 selected channel
v Alarm
Delays Response and recovery 0.450 ms
9 Resolution On 2000 points
Time delay On-delay/Off-delay 010 s
Adjustment increments 40 ms
b Applications
v Control of high and low levels
v High precision monitoring of movement
v Simultaneous verification of up to 4 components
10 v
v
Light curtains with up to 4 beams
Detection of reference marks
1/110
accessories, Osiris Application, assembly series
dimensions, Multi-channel amplifier for plastic and glass
fibre optics
schemes Anti-interference and EEPROM backup
Presentation Accessories
1
1 Display for each channel:
- detection, output, signal, of cable
thresholds m kg
- selection screen, EEPROM Removable memory XUY AFCLARYE2P 0.025
- adjustment screen, (to be ordered as an option)
1 2 Knurled selection and
setting wheel: Pre-wired M8 connector Straight 2 XZC P0941L2 0.080
- turn to select or adjust,
- press to validate Elbowed (90) 2 XZC P1041L2 0.080
2
3 Removable memory
option Straight 5 XZC P0941L5 0.180
2
3 Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
A B
Dimensions 3
XUY AFCLARYppppp
Mounting on 35 mm 5 rail Mounting on plate supplied
40,5 45 15 15 (1)
4
10 10
26
35
45
99
5
32,5
(1) 4 x 4.2 for countersunk head screw.

Wiring schemes
PNP outputs, model SP NPN outputs, model SN Cable connections
6
A Pin n - colour Type B Pin n - colour Type
c 12-30 V c 12-30 V
2 4 1 Brown c 12-30 V 2 4 1 Brown O Analogue
1 3 2 White S2 1 3 2 White O4
Outputs 1, 2,
3, 4, Aux. 3 Blue 0V 3 Blue O Auxiliary
4-20 mA Oan.
7
4 Black S1 4 Black O3
4-20 mA Oan.
Outputs 1, 2,
3, 4, Aux.
0V
0V
8
Example 1 Example 2
+/ Bottle presence +/ 10
AND function, presence of 3 threaded rods Analogue control of stopper position
1/111

Thru-beam system for detection of water

and aqueous liquids
Miniature design
2
System Thru-beam
Type of transmission Infrared (transmission frequency = 1450 nm)
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 50 m (use between 10 and 20 cm, see applications)
References
3-wire, PNP and NPN XUMW1KSNL2 (1)
NO or NC programmable function
Weight (kg) 0.155
4 Characteristics
Ambient air temperature For operation: 0+ 40 C. For storage: - 5+ 50 C
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude2 mm (f=1055 Hz)
5 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms
Connection Pre-cabled, diameter 4 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 2 x 0.2 mm2 (transmitter) or 4 x 0.2 mm2
(receiver)
Materials Case: PBT, lenses: polycarbonate, cable: PUR
6 Rated supply voltage c 10.826.4 V with protection against reverse polarity
Solid-state digital output Switching capacity (sealed) y 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Delays
1 kHz
First-up: y 50 ms; response: y 0.5 ms; recovery: y 0.5 ms
Current consumption, no-load y 45 mA (transmitter + receiver)
Indicator lights Transmitter Green LED, supply on

Receiver Yellow LED: solid-state output (LED on, output on)
8
Green LED: stability (see diagram on page 1/113)
(1) Reference for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system sensors.
(2) Application examples: detection of the level of aqueous liquids in any transparent or almost opaque container, and any product containing water molecules
(adhesives, ice creams, damp fabrics, etc.).
d
d d
9 Osiris
d
d = 10 cm d = 20 cm d = 5 cm d = 10 cm
Transparent containers Almost opaque containers
10
1/112

schemes Thru-beam system for detection of water

and aqueous liquids
Detection principle Transmission curves
0
1
Absorption level (%)

2
3
2
20
Beam intensity 1
40
60
2
The wavelength of the transmitted beam corresponds to the
maximum absorption frequency of water molecules. 80
100
500 1000 1500 1700
1100 1450
1 Transmission curve of a standard photo-electric sensor

Transmission wavelength (nm)
3
2 Transmission curve of sensor XUMW1KSNL2
3 Curve of water absorption against incident beam wavelength
Excess gain curve Stability curve Functions
Gain Signal 10
4
level
4 2
10
5
1,25
1
2 1 2 3 4
0,75
103
500 LEDs
200
100
Output
Yellow LED
On
Off
1 Yellow LED, output
2 Green LED, stability 5
Stability
Potentiometer
On
50 Green LED Off 3 Sensitivity adjustment
20 Switch
10 4 NO/NC programming
NO: detection of object
5 NC: detection of object absence
2 6
1
0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100
D (m)
Dimensions
Bracket fixing
15
10 7
41 5,6 (1) 13 (2) 3,2
1,5
11,5
M3
2
23
20
32
(3) 8
10
(4)
2,5
16 20 32 3
(1) Output LED.

(2) Output LED and stability LED.
(3) 2 holes 3.2.
(4) Locknut plate. 9
Transmitter BK Receiver. PNP output BN (+)
WH Receiver. NPN output BU (-)
10
/
WH
1/113
Osiris Application, Osiconcept (1),

food and beverage processing series

Design 18, metal, stainless steel
18 stainless steel
550055
Pre-cabled (2)
1 Sensing distance
(Sn) (3)
Function Output Line of
sight
Reference Weight
m kg
015 NO or NC, PNP Along case XUB0SPSNL2 0.105
XUB0pppNL2 depending on using axis
whether accessories Osiconcept 90 to case XUB0SPSWL2 (5) 0.110
are used programming axis
550001
2 NPN Along case

axis
XUB0SNSNL2 0.105
90 to case XUB0SNSWL2 (5) 0.110

axis
XUB0pppWL2 M12 connector

015 NO or NC, PNP Along case XUB0SPSNM12 0.055
depending on using axis
3 whether accessories Osiconcept 90 to case XUB0SPSWM12 (5) 0.060
550002
are used programming axis

NPN Along case XUB0SNSNM12 0.055
axis
90 to case XUB0SNSWM12 (5) 0.060
axis
4
XUB0pppNM12 Accessories
Description Connect- Line of Reference Weight
ion sight kg
550000
Thru-beam accessories Pre-cabledAlong case XUB0SKSNL2T 0.105

(transmitter) (2) axis
90 to case XUB0SKSWL2T (5) 0.110
axis
M12 Along case XUB0SKSNM12T 0.055
5 connector axis
90 to case XUB0SKSWM12T (5) 0.060
XUB0pppWM12 axis
805799
6 Description Reference Weight

kg
Stainless steel fixing bracket XUZA118 0.045
Plastic fixing bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035

XUZC50
7
805818
Plastic fixing clamp, 24.1 mm centres XUZB2005 0.007

805817
with locking screw

(2) For a 5 m long cable, replace L2 by L5.
XUZA218 Example: XUB0SPSNL2 becomes XUB0SPSNL5.
XUZA118
8 (5) For line of sight 90 to case axis versions, see sensing distances on page 1/29.
503663
XUZB2005
10
1/114
schemes, Osiris Application, Osiconcept (1),

curves, food and beverage processing series

Design 18, metal, stainless steel
dimensions Three-wire, d.c. supply, solid-state output
Characteristics
Sensor type XUB0ppppM12, XUB0ppppM12T XUB0ppppL2, XUB0ppppL2T
UL, CSA, e
M12
1
Sensing distance Line of sight Line of sight Accessory
nominal Sn / maximum along case axis 90 to case axis
(excess gain = 2) (excess gain = 1) m 0.12 / 0.12 0.11 / 0.11 Without (diffuse with background
suppression)
m
m
0.3 / 0.4
2/3
0.2 / 0.3
1.5 / 2
Without (diffuse)
With reflector (polarised reflex)
2
m 15 / 20 10 / 14 With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam)
Degree of protection IP 65, IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529; IP69 K to DIN 40050; double insulation i
Storage temperature C - 40+ 70
Materials
Case: stainless steel, grade 304CU; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR
7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
3
Indicator lights Output state Yellow LED (transmission present for XUB0ppppppT)
Supply on Green LED
Stability Red LED (except for XUB0ppppppT)
V
mA
c 1036
35 (20 for XUB0ppppppT)
4
Switching capacity mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
5
Response ms <2
Recovery ms <2
Connections
M12 connector Pre-cabled PNP NPN Thru-beam accessory
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue)
4 3
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)
BN/1 + BN/1 + 1/BN
PNP BK/4 NPN 2/VI
4 OUT/Output OUT/Output BK (Black) BK/4
3/BU
1 2 2 Beam break
input (2)
Beam break input (2)
VI (Violet) BU/3 BU/3 Input 2/VI:
6
See connection on page 9/44. - connected to : beambroken
Detection curves (line of sight along case axis)

With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) Without accessory Without accessory (diffuse With reflector
(diffuse) with bckgrnd. suppression) (polarised reflex)
15
12 mm
6
4
2
7
10 15 20 m 40 12 cm 3m
8 -2
-15 2
-4
-6 2
30 cm 12 cm
Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90%, 2: grey18%

With reflector XUZC50
8
Teach mode at minimum. Teach mode at maximum.
B A-B: object reflection B
coefficient
Black 6%
Grey 18%
White 90%
Sensing range
Non sensing zone
(matt surfaces)
9
A 1 8 10 A 1 9 12 17 S (cm)
S (cm)
Dimensions
XUB
b
18
Line of sight along case axis
a
64 (3)
b
44
a
78 (2)
b
44
10
a Line of sight 90 to case axis 78 44 92 44
(3) For XUB0ppppppT, 64 becomes 62 mm and 78 becomes 76 mm.
1/115
characteristics 2 Osiris Application, food and beverage

processing series
Stainless steel case M18 x 1
Design 18
1 2 3
1
System Thru-beam 1 Reflex 2 Polarised reflex 2 Diffuse 3
Type of transmission Infrared Infrared Red Infrared

3 Sensing Nominal, Sn (excess gain = 2) 15 m 4m 2m 0.10 m
distance
Maximum (excess gain = 1) 20 m 5.5 m (with 50 x 50 mm 3 m (with 50 x 50 mm 0.15 m
reflector) reflector)
References of pre-cabled versions (1)

4 3-wire, PNP
Line of sight along case
axis
XU2N18PP341 (2) XU1N18PP341 (3) XU9N18PP341 (3) XU5N18PP341
Line of sight 90 to XU2N18PP341W (2) XU1N18PP341W (3) XU9N18PP341W (3) XU5N18PP341W

case axis
3-wire, NPN Line of sight along case XU2N18NP341 (2) XU1N18NP341 (3) XU9N18NP341 (3) XU5N18NP341
NO or NC programmable axis
Line of sight 90 to XU2N18NP341W (2) XU1N18NP341W (3) XU9N18NP341W (3) XU5N18NP341W
case axis
5 Weight (kg) 0.270 0.155 0.155 0.135
References of plug-in connector versions

3-wire, PNP Line of sight along case XU2N18PP341D (2) XU1N18PP341D (3) XU9N18PP341D (3) XU5N18PP341D
NO or NC programmable axis
Line of sight 90 to XU2N18PP341WD (2) XU1N18PP341WD (3) XU9N18PP341WD (3) XU5N18PP341WD
case axis
6 3-wire, NPN
Line of sight along case
axis
XU2N18NP341D (2) XU1N18NP341D (3) XU9N18NP341D (3) XU5N18NP341D
Line of sight 90 to XU2N18NP341WD (2) XU1N18NP341WD (3) XU9N18NP341WD (3) XU5N18NP341WD

case axis
Weight (kg) 0.130 0.085 0.085 0.065
(1) Sensors available with 5 m cable: To order, add the suffix L5 to the reference selected from above.
7
Example: sensor XU1N18PP341 with 5 m cable becomes XU1N18PP341L5.
(3) 50 x 50 mm reflector included with reflex system sensors.
References of fixing accessories

kg
8 Stainless steel fixing bracket XUZA118 0.045
Plastic fixing bracket XUZA218 0.035
Set of 2 stainless steel nuts XSZE318 0.020
Set of 2 plastic nuts XSZE218 0.004
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/116
curves 2 Osiris Application, food and beverage

processing series
Characteristics
Product certifications e, UL, CSA
Ambient air temperature
Operation: - 25...+ 55 C. Storage: - 40...+ 70 C
25 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz)
1
Connection Pre-cabled Pre-cabled, diameter 4.2 mm, length 2 m (3), wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm2
Connector M12 male connector, 4-pin (suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions, see page
9/44)
Materials Case
Lenses
Food and beverage processing stainless steel, grade 304 Cu
PMMA
2
Cable PvR
Switching capacity (sealed) 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
3
Current consumption, no-load 30 mA (reflex and diffuse), 50 mA (thru-beam)
Delays First-up 15 ms
Response 1 ms
Recovery 1 ms
Indicator lights Supply on Green LED, on transmitter only
Output state Yellow LED, on receiver only
(1) Sensors available with 5 m cable: To order, add the suffix L5 to the reference selected from above. 4
Example: sensor XU1N18PP341 with 5 m cable becomes XU1N18PP341L5.
Curves
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Reflex system Polarised reflex system Diffuse system
withreflector XUZC50 with reflector XUZC50
of beam
cm
of beam
cm
of beam
cm
6
of beam
cm
T/R 1,4
5
15 10
T 4 1
12 mm R T/R 4 T/R 2 2 1
10 15 m 4 m 0,2 2 3 m 15 cm
-4 2 -2
-15 -4 -1
-10
-6 -1,4
Object 10 x 10 cm 6
1 White 90 % 2 Grey 18 %
Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: + 25 C)
Thru-beam system Reflex system with reflector XUZC50
Gain Gain
100 100
7
80
50
20
30
20 10
10
8
5 1
3
2
1 0,1
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 50 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 45 10
D (m) D (m)
Polarised reflex system with reflector XUZC50 Diffuse system
Gain Gain
10
50
30
9
20
15
1 10
7
5
3
0,1
2
1 Object 10 x 10 cm 10
0,1 0,5 1 2 3 5 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 60 White 90 %
D (m) D (cm)
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/117
Dimensions 2
Osiris Application, food and beverage

processing series
Dimensions
XUpN18pp341 XUpN18pp341W
1 4 4
M18x1 (1) M18x1 (1)
2 50 24 50 24
62 (2) 78
3
XUpN18pp341D XUpN18pp341WD
4 4
M18x1 (1) M18x1 (1)
4
50 24 50 24
62 62
72 88
(1) LED
(2) 64 for XU9N18pp341
Fixing nut tightening torque: < 15 N.m
6 Connector tightening torque: 2 N.m
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/118
Schemes 2
Osiris Application, food and beverage

processing series
Connections
M12 connector scheme Cable connections
4 3 3 () () BU (Blue)
1
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown)
1 2 4 OUT/Output (OUT/Output) BK (Black)
2 Prog (or beam break input (Prog) OG (Orange)
for thru-beam transmitter only) (Beam break input) VI (Violet) on thru-beam transmitter only

Wiring schemes - diffuse
2
PNP NO PNP NC NPN NO NPN NC Transmitter
OG/2 OG/2
BN/1 BN/1 BN/1 BN/1 1/BN
BK/4 BK/4 2/VI
BK/4
BU/3
BK/4
BU/3
OG/2
BU/3 BU/3
3/BU
3
OG/2
Wiring schemes - reflex and thru-beam

PNP NO PNP NC NPN NO NPN NC
OG/2 OG/2 4
BN/1 BN/1 BN/1 BN/1
BK/4 BK/4
BK/4 BK/4
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
OG/2 OG/2
Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only

5
Beam made Beam broken
BN/1 + BN/1 +
6
VI/2 VI/2
BU/3 BU/3
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/119
dimensions Osiris Application, materials handling series
Laser transmission. Design 18, plastic or metal
18, plastic, thru-beam system with teaching,

laser transmission (Transmitter + receiver)
1 Sensing
dist. (Sn)
Function Connection Output Reference Weight
m kg
0...100 NO or NC via Pre-cabled PNP XUB LAPCNL2 0.180
programming NPN XUB LANCNL2 0.180
XUB LppCNL2 M12 connector PNP XUB LAPCNM12 0.078
2 NPN XUB LANCNM12 0.078
18, metal, thru-beam system with teaching,

laser transmission (Transmitter + receiver)
Sensing Function Connection Output Reference Weight
dist. (Sn)
m kg
3 0...100 NO or NC via
programming
Pre-cabled PNP
NPN
XUB LBPCNL2
XUB LBNCNL2
0.230
0.230
M12 connector PNP XUB LBPCNM12 0.130
XUB LppCNM12
NPN XUB LBNCNM12 0.130
Separate components
4 18 transmitter
Description Connection Output For use with Reference Weight
kg
Plastic Pre-cabled XUB LApCNL2 XUB LAKCNL2T 0.090
M12 connector XUB LApCNM12 XUB LAKCNM12T 0.040
Metal Pre-cabled XUB LBpCNL2 XUB LBKCNL2T 0.110
XUB LppCNM12T
M12 connector XUB LBpCNM12 XUB LBKCNM12T 0.060
5 18 receiver
Description Connection Output For use with Reference Weight
kg
Plastic Pre-cabled PNP XUB LAPCNL2 XUB LAPCNL2R 0.090
NPN XUB LANCNL2 XUB LANCNL2R 0.090
6
M12 connector PNP XUB LAPCNM12 XUB LAPCNM12R 0.040
NPN XUB LANCNM12 XUB LANCNM12R 0.040
XUB LppCNL2R
Metal Pre-cabled PNP XUB LBPCNL2 XUB LBPCNL2R 0.120
NPN XUB LBNCNM12 XUB LBNCNL2R 0.120
M12 connector PNP XUB LBPCNM12 XUB LBPCNM12R 0.070
NPN XUB LBNCNM12 XUB LBNCNM12R 0.070
7 Fixing accessories for XUBLp (1)

kg
XUZ A218 Precision fixing bracket with micrometric adjustment XUZ A318 0.170
Plastic fixing bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZ A218 0.035
XUZ A318 (1) For further information, see page 1/160.
8
Dimensions
Pre-cabled Connector
(mm) (mm)
9 a
b
Receiver (1)
a
62
b
44
a
76
b
44
Transmitter (2) 52 28 66 28
(1) Yellow, green and red LED on receiver
(2) Green LED on transmitter
Note: fixing nut tightening torque: < 4 Nm
10
1/120
schemes, Osiris Application, materials handling series
Laser transmission. Design 18, plastic or metal
Characteristics
Sensor type XUB LppppM12 XUB LppppL2
UL, CSA, e
M12 (suitable female connectors,
1
including pre-wired versions, see page
9/44)
Nominal sensing distance Sn m 0...100, excess gain 70...3
Blind zone 0
Preferred object approach direction
Any
Red laser, wavelength 670 nm
2
Transmission power Power < 1 mW, class 1 conforming to IEC 825-1
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67, double insulation i
Temperature Storage C - 40... + 70
Operation C - 10... + 45
Materials Case XUB LAppppp: PBT; XUB LBppppp: nickel plated brass
Lens
PMMA
7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz) 3
Indicator lights Output state and alignment aid Yellow LED
Supply on and teaching Green LED
Stability Red LED
V
mA
c 10...30
25 for transmitter or receiver
4
Switching capacity per output mA y 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Response and recovery ms < 0.4
Wiring schemes 5
3 (-) (-) BU (Blue) BN/1 + BN/1 + 1/BN
4 3
1 (+) (+) BN (Brown) PNP NPN 2/VI
BK/4 BK/4
4 OUT/Output OUT/Output BK (Black) 3/BU
2 Beam break Beam break input
1 2
input VI (Violet) BU/3 BU/3 Input 2/VI:
See connection on page 9/44 - connected to -: beam broken
6
Curves Operating precautions
Detection curve (set to infinity) Excess gain curve
80
Gain
10
60
40
7
30
m
20 Laser
-10 class 1
10
6 Laser class 1, conforming
4
3 to IEC 825-1.
2
1
0,1 0,2 0,4 1 2 4 10 20 40 100
8
0,3 0,6 3 6 30 60
D (m)
Adjustment
Standard curve Detection limit curve
8 8
(mm)
Min. size of object to be detected
(mm)
Min. size of object to be detected
4 4
2 2
9
1 1
2
0,4 0,4
0,2 0,2
0,1 0,1
0,04 0,04
0,02 0,02
0,01 0,01
0,1 0,2 0,4 1 2 4 10 20 40 100 0,1 0,2 0,4 1 2 4 10 20 40 100
1 0,3 0,6 3 6 30 60 0,3 0,6 3 6 30 60
D (m) D (m)
10
Focusing point Focusing point
The adjustment of the focusing point enables the detection of objects down to a size of < 0.2 mm.
After slackening the fixing screws 1, adjust the focusing point of the laser beam by rotating the serrated sleeve 2 located on the face of the
sensor. Re-tighten the fixing screws following adjustment.
Note: saddle clamp XUZ A218 with ball-joint and, in particular, bracket XUZ A318 with precise micrometric adjustment and locking by 6 screws, are specially suited
for mounting the sensor and adjusting beam alignment when the sensing range is several tens of metres (see page 1/160).
1/121

Dynamic detection of passage of objects, counting parts (1)

System Thru-beam
Type of transmission Infrared
3 Passageway dimensions
Minimum size of object to be detected
30 x 30 mm
2 mm
60 x 60 mm 200 x 120 mm
4 mm
200 x 180 mm 200 x 250 mm
References
3-wire, PNP and NPN Minimum size of object detected
Output function ON or
OFF on passage of object, 2 mm XUVF30M8 XUVF60M8
programmable
4 mm XUVF120M12 XUVF180M12 XUVF250M12
4 Weight (kg)
10 mm
0.080 0.140
XUYFRS120S
1.060
XUYFRS180S
1.200
XUYFRS250S
1.320
Characteristics
Ambient air temperature For operation: 0+ 60 C. For storage: - 20+ 80 C
Vibration resistance 25 gn, amplitude 2 mm (f = 1055 Hz), conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
5 Shock resistance
IP 65
Connection M8 connector (suitable M12 connector (suitable female connectors, including
female connectors, including pre-wired versions, see page 9/44)
pre-wired versions, see page
9/44)
Materials Case Painted aluminium
6 Immunity to ambient light

Lenses Polycarbonate
Sunlight: 4000 lux max., incandescent light: 400 lux max.
Altuglass
Passing speed of object Min.: 10 cm/s, max.: 15 m/s Min.: 10 cm/s, max.: 15 m/s ( 4 mm object)
( 2 mm object)
7 Voltage drop, closed state

<2V
y 120 mA y 400 mA
Delays First-up: y 100 ms; response: < 1 ms; recovery: < 1 ms
Time delay Off-delay (reset): adjustable between 0 and 5 seconds
Function table Function Thru-beam system
8 No object present
in the beam
Passage of object
through the beam
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: Output OFF
green LED on passage
(illuminated when sensor output is ON) of object
Output ON
on passage
9 of object
(1) Sensors XUVF are suitable for detecting the passage of all types of objects (both metal and plastic, of any shape and colour) providing the flow is dynamic.
Applications: counting parts, flow control of injection machine parts, etc.
10
1/122

schemes Dynamic detection of passage of objects, counting parts

Presentation
XUVF30M8 XUV F60M8 XUVFpp0M12, XUYFRSpp0S
1 1 1 Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer.

2 Time delay adjustment potentiometer.
1
2 2
3 3 Indicators:
1 Green LED: output
Red LED: alarm
2
3 Notes:
- in the event of a supply malfunction, the red LED
2
3
flashes,
- in the event of a short-circuit on the output, both
the red and green LEDs flash.
Dimensions
XUVF30M8 XUVFpp0M12, XUYFRSpp0S 4
108 85 50
30 16 15
(2)
(1)
36
5
11,6
50
3,5
a1
M8 22
XUVF60M8
222,5
230
131
6
200
60 16 15
(2) (1)
70
(2) (1)
7
86
11,6
22
3,5
60 25 25
a
M8 22
M12
8
XUV XUY a a1
F120M12 FRS120S 205 120
F180M12 FRS180S 265 180
F250M12 FRS250S 335 250
(1) Transmitting face.
(2) Reception face.
Wiring schemes
Wiring schemes (3-wire c) Connector scheme (sensor connector pin view) 9
Output ON on passage of object programmed (1) Output ON on passage of object programmed (1)
PNP output NPN output XUVFp0M8 XUVFpp0M12, XUYFRSpp0S
1 1 Alarm Output 1 (+)
+ +
2 4
4 4 Alarm 2 4 Output
1 (+) 3 ()
10
2 2
3 ()
3 3 See connection on page 9/44.
Note: the alarm (2) triggers in the event of an object stopping within the beam.
(1) To program the sensor for output OFF on passage of object, connect contact 3 to (+) and contact 1 to ().
1/123
characteristics 2 Osiris Application, materials handling series

With analogue output signal 420 mA and 010 V (1)

Compact design
2
System Diffuse
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 2080 cm
References
3 3-wire PNP XUJK803538
Weight (kg) 0.200

Characteristics
4
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz)

Conforming to NF C 20-010 IP 671
5 Connection Screw terminals, maximum capacity: 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2
Materials Case: PEI (2)
6 Output current Maximum 20 mA

Minimum 4 mA
Output voltage (Vs) c 010 V
Output voltage drift < 10% between - 25 and + 60 C

in relation to temperature
7
Output voltage drift < 10%
in relation to object colour
Maximum switching frequency 10 Hz (for an output voltage variation of 1 V)
8 Indicator light The brightness of the LED is proportional to the output voltage
(1) Applications: position control, monitoring concentricity or eccentricity, closed loop regulation,
monitoring displacement, etc.
(2) PEI: high quality synthetic resin providing excellent withstand to mechanical shocks, vibration
and the effects of external agents frequently encountered in industry: alcohol, salts,
petroleum, oils, greases, washing agents (diluted sodium carbonate 4%, nitric acid 2%),
formaldehyde vapour, splashing lactic acid, etc.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/124
dimensions, Osiris Application, materials handling series

schemes, With analogue output signal 420 mA and 010 V (1)

connections 2
Curves
Output signal (related to distance of object). Test performed with 20 x 20 cm, white 90% object
Output current Output voltage 1
mA V
20 10
10 %
10 %
5 2
4
0 0
2 15 20 40 60 80 D (cm) 2 15 20 40 60 80 D (cm)
Forbidden zone 3
Dimensions
XUJK803538
2,6 61
(1) 27,2
4
1,35
R
13
T
85
98,85
(2)
5
30 (4)
62,5
30
30,5
(3)
17
10 10 1010
10 20 9 32,6
83,6
(1) LED.
6
(2) 11P cable gland.
(3) 1 elongated hole 4.2 x 14.
(4) Front fixing ( 4 screws and inserts included).
Wiring schemes
Diffuse system
Output current Output voltage
7
+ +
3 3
5 4
Vs
6 6
mA
D 1 D 1
8

Load characteristics
b Output current: the output current varies between 4 and 20 mA depending on the distance of the object and therefore, the load must be less than 1 k.
b Output voltage: since the minimum rated output current of the sensor is 10 mA, the load must always have a resistive value of more than 1 k.
Terminal connections
1
2
()
9
3 (+)
4 Voltage output
5 Current output
6 ()
Terminals 1 and 6 connected internally.

10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/125
characteristics Osiris Application, materials handling series

With analogue output signal 420 mA (1)

d.c. supply
Design 18
2
System Diffuse
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 540 cm
3 References
3-wire, PNP XU5M18AB20D
Weight (kg) 0.075
Characteristics
4
Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25+ 55 C.

For storage: -40+ 70 C
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude2 mm (f=1055 Hz)
5 Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67
Connection M12 male connector, 4-pin

Materials Case: nickel plated brass, lens: PMAA
6 Voltage limits c 1030 V (including ripple)
Output current Maximum 20 mA
Minimum 4 mA
Output current drift in relation to temperature < 10% between - 25 and + 55 C, < 5% between 0 and + 40 C
7 Output current drift in relation to supply < 3%
Maximum switching frequency 20 Hz (for an output current variation of 10 mA)
Delays First-up: y 50 ms
8 Indicator light The brightness of the green LED is proportional to the output current
Ie = 20 mA: indicator light at maximum intensity
Ie = 4 mA: indicator light at minimum intensity
(1) Applications: position control, monitoring concentricity or eccentricity, closed loop regulation, monitoring displacement, etc.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/126

schemes With analogue output signal 420 mA

d.c. supply
Output signal (related to distance of object)

Potentiometer set at maximum Potentiometer set at minimum
Is (mA) Is (mA) 1
25 25
20 20
2 1
15 15
10
2 1
10
2
5 5
4 4
1 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
D (cm) D (cm)
3
1 White 90% object 1 White 90% object
2 Grey 15% object 2 Grey 15% object
Dimensions
4
M18x1 (1) (2) 4
55 24
82
95
5
(1) Potentiometer.
(2) Green LED.
Fixing nut tightening torque: 15 N.m.
Connector tightening torque: 2 N.m.
Wiring schemes Connector scheme

6
Diffuse system Sensor connector pin view
Output current
1 + 1 (+)
2 Analogue 2 4
7
Ie = 420 mA output
R
mA 3 ()
D
3
Load characteristics (R)

The output current varies between 4 and 20 mA, depending on the distance of the object and therefore, the load must be less than 800 for a 24 V supply and
less than 300 for a 12 V supply. 8
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/127
characteristics 1 Osiris Application, mechanical handling series

Thru-beam system with high excess gain (1)

Solid-state output and analogue output 420 mA
Design 18
System Thru-beam
3 Type of transmission Infra-red
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) / max. 50 m / 70 m (transmitter + receiver)

References
3-wire, PNP N/O (object detection)+ XU2M18AP20D (2)
analogue output
4 Weight (kg)
Characteristics
0.155

Storage - 40+ 70 C

5 Shock resistance
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms
Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67
Connection M12 male connector, 4-pin (suitable female extension cables and connectors, see page 9/44)
Lenses PMMA

6 Voltage limits
Discrete solid state output Switching capacity
(sealed)
Maximum switching 30 Hz
frequency
Delays first-up 50 ms
7 Delays response
Delays recovery
15 ms
15 ms
Analogue output Output current 420 mA

Drift < 5 % for temperature between 0 and + 40 C
Delay 15 ms

Indicator lights Transmitter
55 mA (transmitter + receiver)
Green LED illuminated = supply on
Yellow LED illuminated = beam transmission
Receiver Yellow LED illuminated = solid state output ON = object detected within beam
Green LED : luminosity of the LED is proportional to the output current :
- for I = 20 mA, object slightly opaque, light intensity at maximum,
- for I = 4 mA, object completely opaque, light intensity at minimum.
9 (1) Applications : detection of objects in spite of a difficult environment (smoke, dust, mist, etc.)
detection of objects inside packaging, etc.
Example of values
Object : 80 g white sheets of paper. Transmitter/receiver distance = 10 cm
Number of sheets 1 11 27 31
Analogue output current (mA) 17,3 12 6 5
(2) Reference for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system.
10 (3) Accessories see page 1/160.
1/128
curves,
Degr dopacit de lobjet Degr dopacit de lobjet
Osiris Application, mechanical handling series

schemes, Thru-beam system with high excess gain

Solid-state output and analogue output 420 mA
operation 1
Dimensions Curves
Detection curve
4
M18x1 (2) (1)
Thru-beam system 1
of beam
cm
55 24
82
95 2
(1) LEDs
(2) Potentiometer (only applicable to receiver) Excess gain curve (ambient temperature : + 25 C)
Fixing nut tightening torque : 15 N.m Thru-beam system
Connector tightening torque : 2 N.m 5
Wiring schemes 3
Receiver
2
105
3
8
1 + 5
2 Ie = 420 mA 3
mA 2
Ie = 0100 mA
4 4
10
4
3 R 8
5
3
R max. < 800 (Ue = 24 V), < 300 (Ue = 12 V) 2
103
Beam break test (only applicable to transmitter) 800
Beam made Beam broken 500
+ + 300
1
2
1
2
200
100
5
80
3 3 50
30
20
Connector schemes 10
Detector connector pin view
Transmitter Receiver
8
5 6
3
1 (+) 1 (+) 2
Test 2 4 Analogue 2 4 Solid 1

output state 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100
output D (m)
3 () 3 ()
Depending on connector page 9/44. 7

Operation, settings
Type, opacity of the object Analogue output curve Switching level of discrete solid
state PNP output
Potentiometer Potentiometer
set at minimum set at maximum
Degree of opacity of object Output current 8

mA
25
20
18
15
9
10
5
4
10
0 %
0 0,1 99,4 99,5 99,6 99,7 99,8 99,9 99,95 100 0 1 0 1
Degree of opacity of object
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/129
characteristics, Osiris Application, materials handling series
With analogue output signal 0...10 V or 420 mA
accessories Laser transmission
1
Laser
class 2

IEC825-1
2 Visible laser radiation: do not

stare into beam.
3 System
Diffuse
Red laser, pulsed, Class 2, wavelength: 670 nm
Measuring distance 4060 mm 4585 mm 80300 mm
References
3-wire, PNP output XUY PCO925L1ANSP XUY PCO925L2ANSP XUY PCO925L3ANSP
4 Weight (kg)
Characteristics
0.057 0.057 0.057
5
Resolution 7 m 20 m 200 m
Linearity <1% < 0.25 %
Temperature stability 10 m/K 18 m/K 22 m/K
Connection M12 male connector with alternative orientations
Vibration resistance Conforming to 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 10 to 55 Hz)
IEC60068-2-6
6 Materials
IEC60068-2-27
Case ABS, anti-shock
Immunity to ambient light 5000 Lux
Output signal 010 V 420 mA
Output activation time 30 ms 0.4 ms (fast speed mode)
7 (from 1090%)
Laser transmission T pulse: 8 s, pulse frequency: 6 kHz, time base: 250 ms
40 ms (medium speed mode)
Spot diameter < 1 mm < 0.8 mm 1.5 x 3.5 mm

at 50 mm at 65 mm at 80 mm
Voltage drop, closed state < 2.4 V
8
Current consumption, no-load 35 mA y 40 mA on c 24 V
Indicator lights Dirty Red LED
Supply on Green LED
Parametering By buttons
b Applications: position control of robot arm, measuring thickness of mechanical parts.
9 Accessories
Description Details Length of cable References Weight
m kg
Pre-wired M12 Straight, 2 XZC P1141L2 0.090
connector 4-pin 5 XZC P1141L5 0.190
Straight, 2 XZC P1164L2 0.115
10 Fixing bracket
5-pin 5 XZC P1164L2
XUY925
0.270
0.033
Protection bracket Vertical rear fixing XUY9251
1/130
With analogue output signal 0...10 V or 420 mA
schemes, Laser transmission
curves
Presentation
XUY PCO925L1ANSP, XUY PCO925L2ANSP XUY PCO925L3ANSP Application example
1-2
1 Green/red LED
1-2
1 Green/red LED
Monitoring dimensions in series 1
2 LED display 2 Parametering by
buttons
R
R
T T 2
R: Receiver
T: Transmitter 3
Dimensions
XUY PCO925L1ANSP, XUY PCO925L2ANSP XUY PCO925L3ANSP
50 (1) 17 50 (1) 17
4
30
30
39,5 (3)
50
50
5
31,8 (3)
18 (2)
18 (2)
16
16
4
38 4 M12x1 38 4 M12x1

(2) Transmitter optical axis. 6
(3) Receiver optical axis.
Wiring schemes
Cabling Connector Cabling Connector
PNP BN 18-28 V
M12
4 3
Pin n - colour
1 BN: Brown PNP BN 18-28 V
M12
4 3
Pin n - colour
1 BN: Brown
7
WH 1 2 2 WH: White WH/BK QA 1 2 2 WH: White
+ 3 BU: Blue 5 3 BU: Blue
BK BU 0V
4 BK: Black 4 BK: Black
BU 0V BK Q 5 GY: grey
8
Shielding IN
YW/GR
Note: Shielded cable recommended. QA: 4-20 mA analogue output (R y 500 W)

Q: Switching output
IN: Control input (YW/GR: Yellow/green)
Adjustment curves
9
V mA
10 20
1 2
5 10
0 0
10
20 40 45 60 80 85 mm 80 300 mm
1 XUY PCO925L1ANSP
2 XUY PCO925L2ANSP
1/131
characteristics Osiris Application, materials handling series

With adjustable background suppression

Mechanical display of setting
Compact design
2 System Diffuse with adjustable background suppression, long sensing distance with high
accuracy
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 1m
References
3 3-wire, PNP or NPN
programmable
function
XUK8AKSNL2 XUK8AKSNM12
Weight (kg) 0.190 0.070
Characteristics
4 Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25+ 55 C.

For storage: - 30+ 70 C
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn (f = 1055 Hz)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 65 (IP 30 with cover open).
5 Materials
NEMA 4X indoor use, 12 and 13 double insulation
Case: PC, lenses: PMMA, cable: PVC
Connection (1) Pre-cabled, diameter 6 mm, length 2 m, M12 male connector, 4-pin, can be set at 2
wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2 positions (suitable female connectors, including
pre-wired versions, see page 9/44)
6 Voltage limits c 1030 V (including ripple)
Voltage drop, closed state y 1.5 V
7 Maximum switching frequency 250 Hz
Delays First-up: y 80 ms; response: y 2 ms; recovery: y 2 ms
Function table Function Diffuse system

8
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: NO
yellow LED
NC
(1) For a 5 m long cable replace L2 by L10.
10
1/132

schemes With adjustable background suppression

Mechanical display of setting
Detection curves
Variation of usable sensing distance Su
Adjustment at 10 cm
B
Adjustment at 1 m
B
A-B: Object reflection coefficient
Black 6% Sensing range
1
Grey 18% Non sensing zone
(Matt surfaces)
White 90%
A 5 10,5
10
S (cm) A5 91 104
100
S (cm)
2
Sensing distance adjustment Relative difference in sensing distances according
to object colour
Sensing distance (cm)
1000 %
1 20
2 18
100 3 16 3
14
12
10
10
4
8
1 6
2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0
4
Number of turns on potentiometer
Max.
Min.
FAR NEAR 0
0 20 40 60 80 100
5
Sensing distance (cm)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Setting indicator position (mm)
1 White 90% 1 White 90%
2 Grey 18% 2 Grey 18%
3 Black 6% 3 Black 6%
Dimensions
XUK8AKSNL2 Bracket fixing XUK8AKSNM12 with cover raised
50
40 (1) 12 (2)
65
6
7
18
40,5
34
40
50
7
60
58
15
40
82
6
80
20
35
13
29,5
5
10 O
18 22 12 (3)
58
8
(1) Cover locking tongue.
29,5
(2) 1 elongated hole 6 x 12.

(3) 1 elongated hole 6 x 13.
Functions Wiring schemes (3-wire c) Cable connections
NO/NC programming XUK 8AKSNL2
PNP output (-) BU (Blue)
(+) BN (Brown)
9
1
(OUT) BK (Black)
2
FAR NEAR
Connector scheme
Switches NPN output XUK 8AKSNM12
1 NO/NC programming
2 PNP or NPN output 4 3
LED
Potentiometer
NO: detection of object presence
NC: detection of object absence
1 10
4 Sensing distance adjustment See connection on page 9/44.
Setting indicator
5 Potentiometer setting indication
1/133
characteristics, Osiris Application, materials handling series
Diffuse, with laser transmission
accessories With background suppression
Compact design
1
Laser
class 2

IEC825-1
Visible laser radiation: do not
2 stare into beam.
3
System Diffuse with background suppression
Type of transmission Red laser, pulsed, Class 2, wavelength: 675 nm
Detection distance Adjustable from 50 to 300 mm
Minimum size of object 0.5 mm
References
4-wire, PNP and NPN output NO/NC function XUY PS1LCO965S
depending on wiring
4 Weight (kg) 0.081

Characteristics
5 Connection
Materials Case
M8, 4-pin male connector (for pre-cabled version please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Glass impregnated nylon
Lens PMMA
6
Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb 500 Lux
Laser transmission Pulsed laser LED T pulse: 6 s, T period < 50 s
Spot size Manual adjustment of focusing

Delays Response and recovery
5 kHz
< 150 s
Indicator lights Time delay active Red indicator
Output state Green indicator
NO function Red indicator
NC function Indicator off
8 Output signal time delay 40 ms, depending on wiring

at 3 A max.
Applications: monitoring of small parts on production machine, detection of components on a printed circuit, monitoring for crack on a component, control of level,
suppression of a background.
Accessories
9 Description Details Length
of cable
References Weight
m kg
10 Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
1/134
Presentation Photo-electric sensors
dimensions Osiris Application, materials handling series
Diffuse, with laser transmission
schemes With background suppression
Presentation
XUY PS1LCO965S
Rear view
1 Adjustment of spot size
1
2 Detection distance adjustment screw
3 M8 connector
4 On: NO function
6 Timer
Off: NC function
5 Object detected
5 Output
6 Time delay active
1
2
2
4 LO/DO
3
3
NO function
4
5 60 8 18 Without time delay With 40 ms time delay
BN + BN +
BU BU
BK Output BK Output
WH WH
(1)
54
60
NC function
Without time delay With 40 ms time delay
5
BN BN
9
BU + BU +
23 2x4,1 6 BK Output BK Output
WH WH
(1) Optical axis of laser. M8 connector

6
Pin n - colour
2 4
1 BN: Brown
1 3
2 WH: White
3 BU: Blue
4 BK: Black 7
Monitoring for a crack in a component Monitoring for a broken punch on press tool
10
1/135
Diffuse, with 2 channels using triangulation
accessories with background suppression
Compact design
3
System Diffuse with background suppression
Type of transmission Infrared LED, modulated, 15 mm beam
Detection distance Adjustable from 50 to 600 mm
References
4
4-wire, PNP and NPN output NO/NC function XUY PS2945S XUY PS2CO945S
programmable
Weight (kg) 0.135 0.055
Characteristics
5 Degree of protection
Connection
Conforming to IEC60529 IP 65
Pre-cabled, length 2 m M8, 4-pin male connector
Materials Case Glass impregnated nylon
Voltage limits c 1030 V
(including ripple)
6
Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb 1300 Lux
Current consumption, no-load < 1.5 W
Delays Response and recovery < 1.8 ms
7 Output signal time delay
Indicator light
For A and B/A or B (2)
Output signal
Determined by wiring
Green LED
at 3 A max.
(2) See next page.
b Applications:
8 v Control of filling, detection of object on conveyor against reflective background.
Accessories
of cable
m kg
9 connector Elbowed (90)

Straight
2
5
XZC P1041L2
XZC P0941L5
0.080
0.180
Elbowed (90) 5 XZC P1041L5 0.180
10
1/136
description, Osiris Application
Diffuse, with 2 channels using triangulation
dimensions, with background suppression
curves, schemes d.c. supply. Solid-state output
Presentation Description (4 operating modes)

XUY PS2945S, XUY PS2CO945S Two independent sensors with Immunity to reflection: A and B
Rear view
1 Adjustment of zone A detection
triangulation: A, B 1
distance Mirror
2 Adjustment of zone B detection
distance
9 Timer
3 Pre-cabled connection
8 A and B (XUY PS2945S) Detected zones Detected zone
1 or M8 connector
7
6
A
B
(XUY PS2CO945S)
4 On in direct mode 2
2 5 Illuminates when the exclusive
OR function between the two Detection of contrasting objects: A or B Monitoring of distance: A xor B
5 A xor B
zones A and B is obtained
4 LO/DO 6 On when the object is present
in zone B
3 7 On when the object is present
in zone A
8 Illuminates when the AND
object logic function between
Detected zone Detected zone 3
the 2 zones A and B is obtained
9 Indicates time delay mode
5 & 8 Simultaneously on when the
OR logic function between
the 2 zones A or B is
obtained.
4
Dimensions Detection curves (typical)
XUY PS2945S, XUY PS2CO945S XUY PS2945S, XUY PS2CO945S
60 8 18
100
5
1 2
(1) 10
54
60
1
6
9
50 100 200 300 400 500 600

23 2x4,1 6 mm
1 Black 6%
2 Grey 18% - Distance (mm) set on 92% white (Kodak 1527795)
(1) Optical axis.
Wiring schemes and outputs

7
Two independent sensors with triangulation: A, B Immunity to reflection: A and B
NO output NC output NO output NC output NO output NC output
BR + 10/30 V BR 0V BR +10/30 V BR 0V BR +10/30 V BR 0V

BU
BK
WH
0V
Zone A output
BU
BK
WH
+10/30 V
Zone A output
BU
BK
WH
0V
Output
BU
BK
WH
+10/30 V
Output
BU
BK
WH
0V BU
BK
WH
+10/30 V
8
Zone B output Zone B output Output Output
Detection of contrasting objects: A or B Monitoring of distance: A xor B

NO output
BR
NC output
BR
NO output
BR
NC output
BR
NO output
BR
NC output
BR
9
+ 10/30 V 0V +10/30 V 0V +10/30 V 0V
BU 0V BU + 10/30 V BU 0V BU +10/30 V BU 0V BU +10/30 V
BK Output BK Output BK Output BK Output BK BK
WH WH WH WH WH Output WH Output
BR: Brown
BU: Blue 10
BK: Black
WH: White
1/137
characteristics Osiris Application


With stability LED and alarm output (1)
Compact design
2 1 2 3
System Thru-beam 1 Polarised reflex 2 Diffuse with adjustable

background suppression 3
Type of transmission Infra-red Red Infra-red
3
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) / maximum 50 m / 60 m 6m/9m 1.2 m / 1.2 m
(with 50 x 50 mm reflector)
References of sensors
Pre-cabled versions
3-wire, Light or dark programmable XUC2AKSAL2 (2) XUC9AKSAL2 (3) XUC8AKSNL2
PNP or NPN programmable switching
Weight (kg) 0.520 0.280 0.260
4 Plug-in connector versions

3-wire, Light or dark programmable XUC2AKSAM12 (2) XUC9AKSAM12 (3) XUC8AKSNM12
PNP or NPN programmable switching
Weight (kg) 0.400 0.220 0.200
Characteristics
For storage
- 40+ 70 C
7 gn (f = 1055 Hz)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 (IP 30 with cover open). NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
Materials Case: PC, lenses: PMMA, cable: PvR
Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm cable, length 2 m (4), wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2
Connector M12 male connector, 4-pin (suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions, see
page 9/44)
c 1224 V with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage drop, closed state y 1.5 V
Current consumption, no-load Thru-beam (transmitter and receiver): y 50 mA, reflex and diffuse: 35 mA
7 Delays First-up: y 15 ms; response: y 1 ms; recovery: y 1 ms
Function table Function Thru-beam and reflex systems Diffuse system

No object present Object present No object present Object present
Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator: yellow LED Light
(illuminated when detector output is ON) switching
8 Dark
switching
(1) Alarm output only applicable to thru-beam and reflex system sensors.
(4) Sensors available with 5 m cable. To order, change the reference suffix L2 to L5.
Example: Transmitter + receiver XUC2AKSAL2 with 2 m cable becomes XUC2AKSAL5 with 5 m cable.
9 Description
Light on
1 2 PNP
2 Red LED, stability
3 Sensing distance adjustment potentiometer
4 Light/dark switching programming switch
10 3
4
Dark on
5
NPN
5 PNP/NPN programming switch
1/138

With stability LED and alarm output
Curves
Detection curves
Thru-beam system
of beam (cm)
Reflex system
of beam (cm)
Diffuse system
of beam (cm)
1
60
10
2 1
8
16 mm 5
4
60 m 6 9 m 1,30 m
0,2 -4
-5
-60 Sn 50 m
-10
Sn 6 m
-8
Sn 1,10 m
Sn 1,30 m
2
Object 20 x 20 cm 1 White 90% 2 Black 6%
Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: + 25 C) Variation of usable sensing distance
Thru-beam system Reflex system Diffuse system with adjustable
3
gain gain B
10 000
40
1000 30
20
100 10
A 0,05 1,10 1,50 S (m)
5 1,30
4
10 A-B: Object reflection coefficient
1 1 Grey 18% Non sensing zone
1 2 5 10 50 100 D (m) 0,1 0,2 0,4 1 2 4 6 10 D (m) White 90%
Dimensions
XUCpAKSpLp XUCpAKSpM12 Side view, cover hinged open
44 45 150
44 45
3,7
5
3,7
80
100
95,1
108
95,1
(1)
43,5
(1)
43,5
23 23
20
20
6
5,5
18
5,5
18
(2) (2)
1/2" NPSM
35 34 35 (3) 34
(1) 2 elongated holes 5.5 x 11 for fixing by front face (M5 screws included) (3) M12 connector.
(2) M30 x 1.5 threaded boss (and 1/2 NPSM inside for XUC pAKSpLp), for direct mounting. Max. tightening torque: 25 N.m. Tightening torque 2 N.m.
Light switching (no object present) Dark switching (no object present) 7
Transmitter Thru-beam receiver & reflex Diffuse Thru-beam receiver & reflex Diffuse
PNP output BN/1 + PNP output PNP output PNP output
BN/1 + BK/4 BN/1 + BN/1 + BN/1 +
BU/3 BU/3 BK/4 BK/4 BK/4
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
NPN output NPN output NPN output NPN output
BN/1
BK/4
+ BN/1
BK/4
+ BN/1
BK/4
+ BN/1
BK/4
+
8
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
Alarm output, alarm signal and verification of correct operation (for thru-beam and reflex systems only)
PNP NPN
BN/1 + BN/1 + Red Output 1,15
LED 1
signal 0,85
9
WH/2 LED off
WH/2 t t
Alarm
BU/3 BU/3 signal Red LED LED on
State 0: output off
Optimum
State 1: output on alignment +
t = 160 ms
Beam break test (for thru-beam transmitter only) Cable connections and connector schemes (see connections, page 9/44)
Beam made Beam broken XUCpAKSpLp XUCpAKSpM12
BN/1
VI/2
()
(+)
(OUT)
BU
BN
BK
(Blue)
(Brown)
(Black)
Thru-beam transmitter
4 3 ( )
Thru-beam receiver, reflex
and diffuse
4 3 ( )
10
Output
BU/3 Alarm WH (White)
Test VI (Violet)
Alarm output
(+) 1 2 Test input (+) 1 2 (except diffuse)
1/139
characteristics Osiris Application

a.c. or d.c. supply. 1 C/O time delay relay output

With stability LED
Compact design
2 1 2 3
System Thru-beam 1 Polarised reflex 2 Diffuse with adjustable

background suppression 3
Type of transmission Infra-red Red Infra-red
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) / maximum 50 m / 60 m 6m/9m 1.2 m / 1.2 m
3 References of sensors
(with 50 x 50 mm reflector)
Pre-cabled versions
5-wire Light or dark programmable XUC2ARCTL2 (1) XUC9ARCTL2 (2) XUC8ARCTL2
switching
Weight (kg) 0.520 0.280 0.260
4 Plug-in connector versions

5-wire Light or dark programmable XUC2ARCTU78 (1) XUC9ARCTU78 (2) XUC8ARCTU78
switching
Weight (kg) 0.400 0.220 0.200
Characteristics
For storage
- 40+ 70 C
7 gn (f = 1055 Hz)
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 (IP 30 with cover open). NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13
Materials Case: PC, lenses: PMMA, cable: PvR
Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm cable, length 2 m (3), wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2
Connector 7/8 16UN male connector, 5-pin (suitable female pre-wired connectors XZCP1764Lp) (4)
Voltage limits
z 24240 V
z 20264 V
Switching capacity 3 A (cos j = 1) for a contact life of 0.5 million operating cycles at an operating rate of 1 operating
cycle per second, at 250 V
Maximum voltage on output relay contacts a 250 V
Power consumption 2W
7 Electrical durability
Time delay
> 5 x 105 operating cycles (cos j = 1)
Monostable, on-delay or off-delay (programmable). 2 adjustable ranges, covering 0 to 15 seconds
Delays First-up: 60 ms; response: 25 ms; recovery: 25 ms
Function table Function Thru-beam and reflex systems Diffuse system
Output state of relay contact indicator: yellow Light BK BK BK BK
8
GY GY GY GY
LED (illuminated when relay energised) switching WH WH WH WH
Relay energised Relay de-energised Relay de-energised Relay energised
Dark BK GY BK BK BK GY
GY GY
switching WH WH WH WH
Relay de-energised Relay energised Relay energised Relay de-energised
9 (3) Sensors available with 5 m cable. To order, change the reference suffix L2 to L5.
Example: Transmitter + receiver XUC2ARCTL2 with 2 m cable becomes XUC2ARCTL5 with 5 m cable.
(4) To complete the reference for a pre-wired female connector with a 2 m, 5 m or 10 m cable, replace the p by 2, 5 or 10 respectively. Example, pre-wired connector
with 2 m cable: XZCP1764L2.
Description
T1 T2 LEDs Potentiometers Switches
Light on 02 s T1 T2
1 Yellow LED, 3 Sensing distance 6 Light/dark switching programming
10 1 2 output
2 Red LED,
adjustment
4 T1 time delay
7 T1 setting range
8 T2 setting range
6 7 8 9 stability adjustment 9 Normal time delay (on-delay or off-
4 5 Dark on 015 s T2 5 T2 time delay delay) or monostable
3 T1 adjustment
1/140
schemes a.c. or d.c. supply. 1 C/O time delay relay output

With stability LED
Curves
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Reflex system Diffuse system 1
of beam (cm) of beam (cm) of beam (cm)
60
2 1
10
8
16 mm 5 4
60 m 6 9 m 1,30 m
0,2 -4
-5
-60 Sn 50 m
-10
Sn 6 m
-8
Sn 1,10 m
Sn 1,30 m
2
Object 20 x 20 cm 1 White 90% 2 Black 6%
Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: + 25 C) Variation of usable sensing distance
Thru-beam system Reflex system Diffuse system with adjustable
gain
10 000
gain B
3
40
1000 30
20
100 10
A 0,05 1,10 1,50 S (m)
5 1,30
10 A-B: Object reflection coefficient
4
1 1 Grey 18% Non sensing zone
1 2 5 10 50 100 D (m) 0,1 0,2 0,4 1 2 4 6 10 D (m)
White 90%
Dimensions
XUCpARCTLp XUCpARCTU78 Side view, cover hinged open
44 45 44 45 150
5

3,7
3,7
80
100
95,1
91,5
(1) (1)
108
43,5
43,5
23 23
20
20
6
5,5
(2)
18
5,5
18
(2)
1/2" NPSM
35 34 35 (3) 34
(1) 2 elongated holes 5.5 x 11 for fixing by front face (M5 screws included) (3) 7/8 connector.
(2) M30 x 1.5 threaded boss (and 1/2 NPSM inside for XUC pARCTLp), for direct mounting. Max. tightening torque: 25 N.m. Tightening torque 3 N.m.
Wiring schemes (5-wire z)
Light switching (no object present) Dark switching (no object present) 7
Transmitter Thru-beam receiver & reflex Diffuse Thru-beam receiver & reflex Diffuse
BN/4 BN/4 BN/4 BN/4 BN/4
WH/5 WH/5 WH/5 WH/5
GY/3 GY/3 GY/3 GY/3
BU/2 BK/1 BK/1 BK/1 BK/1
BU/2 BU/2 BU/2 BU/2
Verification of correct operation

Thru-beam & reflex systems
Cable connections
XUCpARCTLp
Connector schemes
XUCpARCTU78 8
Output 1,15
z BU (Blue) Thru-beam transmitter Thru-beam receiver, reflex
1 z BN (Brown)
signal 0,85 and diffuse
LED off Relay common GY (Grey) 3 3 Relay common
NO contact BK (Black)
Red LED LED on NC contact WH (White) 4 2 4 2
Optimum +
9
alignment 5 1 NC 5 1 NO
Time delay
Normal time delay Monostable time delay
T1 = time delay on trip On-delay T1 = period of tripped condition Period on
T2 = time delay on reset Off-delay T2 = monostable period
Time delay adjustment T1 = T2 = 0 T1 0, T2 0 T1 = 0, T2 0 T1 0, T2 0
Receiver state Beam intact
Beam broken
T1 T2 T1 T2 T2 T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 10
Light switching Relay ON
Relay OFF
T2 T1 T2 T1 T
T2 T2 T1 T2 T1 T2
Dark switching Relay ON
Relay OFF
1/141

Compact design
3-wire d.c., solid-state output
Compact design
Pre-cabled and connector versions
1
1 2 3
3
System Thru-beam 1 Reflex 2 Polarised reflex 2 Diffuse 3
Type of transmission Infrared Red Infrared

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 8m 6m 4m 0.7 m
(with 80 mm (with 80 mm
4 References
3-wire, Light or dark Connection Pre-cabled XUL H083534 XUL H06353 XUL H043539 XUL H703535
PNP programmable Connector XUL H083534D XUL H06353D XUL H043539D XUL H703535D
switching
3-wire, Light or dark Connection Pre-cabled XUL J083534 XUL J06353 XUL J043539 XUL J703535
NPN programmable Connector XUL J083534D XUL J06353D XUL J043539D XUL J703535D
5
switching
Transmitter Connection Pre-cabled XUL K0830
Connector XUL K0830D
Weight (kg) Connection Pre-cabled 0.195
Connector 0.135
Characteristics
Product certifications e. Special H7 version: UL, CSA
For storage
- 25+ 55 C
- 40+ 70 C
Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 2 mm (f = 10...55 Hz)
Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 20 gn, duration 11ms
7
Connection Pre-cabled Diameter 6 mm, length 2 m (1)
Wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm2 (2 x 0.34 mm2 for thru-beam transmitter)
Connector M12
Materials Case ABS
Lenses PMMA
Cable PVC
Rated supply voltage c 1224 V with protection against inversion of the 3 wires
8
Voltage drop, closed state y1.5 V
Current consumption, no-load y35 mA
Response y 2 ms
9 Function table
Recovery y 2 ms
Thru-beam and reflex systems Diffuse system
Output state (PNP or NPN) Light switching function
indicator
is ON) Dark switching function
10 (1) For a sensor with a 5 m long cable add L05 to the end of the reference, for a 10 m long cable
add L10 to the end of the reference.
Example: sensor XUL H083534 with 5 m cable becomes XUL H083534L05.
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/142

Compact design
2-wire a.c. or d.c., solid-state output
Compact design
1
1 2
System Reflex 1 Polarised reflex 1 Diffuse 2 3

Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 6m 4m 0.7 m
(with 80 mm reflector) (with 80 mm reflector)
References
2-wire Light switching Connection Pre-cabled XUL A06021 XUL A040219 XUL A700115
Dark switching Connection

Connector
Pre-cabled
XUL A06021K
XUL A06011
XUL A040219K
XUL A040119
XUL A700115K
XUL A700215
4
Connector XUL A06011K XUL A040119K XUL A700215K
Weight (kg) Connection Pre-cabled 0.195
Connector 0.135
Characteristics
5
Connector
Diameter 6 mm, length 2 m (1), wire c.s.a.: 2 x 0.34 mm2
1/2 20 UNF 6
Materials Case ABS/PC
Lenses PMMA
Cable PVC
Rated supply voltage a or c 24240 V
Voltage limits a or c 20264 V
Switching capacity (2)
Sealed Maximum
a 12 or c 12 (resistive load): 0.5 A/240 V
a 140 (inductive load): 0.3 A/240 V 7
c 13 (inductive load): 0.1 A/240 V; 0.2 A/110 V; 0.5 A/48 V
Minimum 5 mA
Inrush 3000 mA
Voltage drop, closed state y3 V (I = 0.10.5 A); y5.5 V (I = 10 mA); y10 V (I = 5 mA)
Residual current, open state y1.7 mA (on a); y1.5 mA (on c)
Delays First-up
20 Hz
y 300 ms 8
Response y 20 ms
Recovery y 20 ms
Function table Reflex system Diffuse system
Output state indicator
is ON)
Light switching function
9
Dark switching function
(1) For a sensor with a 5 m long cable add L05 to the end of the reference, for a 10 m long cable
Example: sensor XUL A06021 with 5 m cable becomes XUL A06021L05.
(2) These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection and therefore, it is
strongly advised to connect a 0.63 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load, see page 2/102. 10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/143
dimensions Osiris Optimum
a.c. and d.c. supply

Solid-state output
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Reflex system Diffuse system
1 of beam
cm
of beam
cm
of beam
mm
10 10
10 8
5 6
5 16 mm 4
2
0,2 4 6 m
m -5 -2 0,1 0,3 0,7 m
2
-5 -4
-10 -6
-10 (1) -8
Sn 8m -10 Sn 0,7 m
(2)
(1) Polarised Object 20 x 20 cm
White 90%
(2) Infrared
Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: + 25 C)

Thru-beam system Reflex system
3 gain
gain
500 50
30
1
25
100 15
50 10
4
7
2
10
3
5 With reflector XUZ C80
1 Infrared
1 2 Polarised
1 0,7 1,5 4 68 20
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,8 2 3 5 8 10 13 1 2 10 30 D (m)
0,6 1 4 6 9 D (m)
Diffuse system
5 gain
Min.
10
ON OFF
Potentiometer adjustment
7 (OFF) (ON)
5
4
6
1/2
3
2 2 1
Object 20 x 20 cm
Object 20 x 20 cm 1 White 90%
White 90% Max. 2 grey 18%
1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 D (cm) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 D (cm)
Dimensions
7
35 (2) 18 (3) 17
(5)
7
(1)
R (6)
8
11
(6)
30
39
28
E
70
80
(5)
4,5
28 (4)
54,5
12,5
9
14
12
20,6 45
30
10 (1) Optical axis

(2) Sensitivity potentiometer (diffuse model)
(4) Front fixing ( 3 screws and inserts included)
(5) 1 elongated hole 4.1 x 10 and 1 x 4.1
(3) Output LED indicator (6) 1 elongated hole 3.1 x 10 and 1 x 3.1
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/144
Schemes Photo-electric sensors 1
Osiris Optimum

a.c. and d.c. supply

Solid-state output
Wiring schemes
Transmitter Light switching programmed (no object present)
Thru-beam receiver & reflex Diffuse
Dark switching programmed (no object present)
Thru-beam receiver & reflex Diffuse
1
PNP output PNP output PNP output PNP output
OG/2 OG/2
BN/1 BN/1 BN/1 BN/1 BN/1
BK/4 BK/4 BK/4 BK/4
BU/3
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
OG/2 OG/2
2
NPN output NPN output NPN output NPN output
OG/2 OG/2
BN/1 BN/1 BN/1 BN/1
3
BK/4 BK/4 BK/4 BK/4
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
OG/2 OG/2
Connector scheme (sensor connector pin view)
1 (+)
Programming 2 4 Output 4
3 ()
Wiring schemes (2-wire a or c)

Light switching (no object present)
Reflex Diffuse
Dark switching (no object present)
Reflex Diffuse
5
BN/2 BN/2 BN/2 BN/2
BU/3 BU/3 BU/3 BU/3
Attention: it is essential to connect a load in series with the sensor

6
Connector scheme (sensor connector pin view)
Solid-state output (reflex and diffuse system)
2 3
10
1/145

Compact design
5-wire a.c. or d.c., 1 NC/NO relay output
Compact design
1
1
2
3
System Thru-beam 1 Reflex 2 Polarised reflex 2 Diffuse with
background
suppression 2
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 8m 6m 4m 0.25 m (fixed sensing

(with 80 mm (with 80 mm distance)
4 References
5-wire Light switching XUL M080314 XUL M06031 XUL M040319 XUL M300318
Transmitter XUL M0600
Weight (kg) 0.195
Characteristics
For storage
- 25+ 55 C
- 40+ 70 C
6
Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 6 mm, length 2 m (1), wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2 (2 x 0.34 mm2 for
thru-beam transmitter)
Materials Case ABS
Lenses PMMA
Cable PVC
Rated supply voltage a or c 24240 V
7
Maximum switching capacity 2000 mA (cos j = 1), 500mA (cos j = 0.4) for a contact life of 0.5 million operating cycles
at an operating rate of 1 operating cycle per second, at 250 V
Maximum voltage on output relay contacts 250 V
Current consumption, no-load Transmitter: y5 mA y40 mA (2)
Receiver: y40 mA (2)
Response y 25 ms
8 Recovery y 25 ms
Function table Thru-beam and reflex systems Diffuse system

Output state of relay contact Light switching function BN BN BN BN
RD RD RD RD
indicator OG OG OG OG
9 (illuminated when relay energised)

Relay energised Relay de-energised Relay de-energised Relay energised
(1) For a sensor with a 5 m long cable add L05 to the end of the reference, for a 10 m long cable
Example: sensor XUL M080314 with 5 m cable becomes XUL M080314L05.
(2) No-load current consumption at 220 V: y 25 mA
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/146
dimensions, Osiris Optimum
schemes Compact design

5-wire a.c. or d.c., 1 NC/NO relay output
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Reflex system a or c Diffuse system with background
of beam of beam
suppression
of beam
1
cm cm mm
10 10 2 1
10 8
5 6
5 16 mm 4
2
0,2 4 6 m
m -5
2
-2 0,1 0,2 0,25 m
-5 -4
-10 -6
-10 (1) -8
-10 Sn 0,25 m
(2)
(1) Polarised Object 20 x 20 cm
(2) Infrared 1 white 90%
2 black 6%
Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: + 25 C) Variation of usable sensing distance Su

Thru-beam system Reflex system a or c Diffuse system with background
suppression
3
gain gain gain
B
500 50
30
1
4
25
100
15
50
10
7
2 A 0,05 0,10
10 0,20 0,35 S (m)
3 0,25
5
A-B: Object reflection coefficient
Black 6%
1 1
Grey 18%
5
0,1 0,2 0,4 0,8 2 3 5 8 10 13 0,7 1,5 4 68 20
0,6 1 4 6 9 D (m) 1 2 10 30 D (m) White 90%
With reflector XUZ C80 Sensing range
1 Polarised Non sensing zone
2 Infrared (Matt surfaces)
Dimensions
18
6
45 45 (2) 17
(5)
7
(1)
R (6)
11
(6)
30
39
28
E
70
7
80
(5)
4,5
28 (3)
12,5
54,5
14
8
12
20,6
45
30
20,6
30
(1) Optical axis (4) 1 elongated hole 4.1 x 10 and 1 x 4.1

(2) Output LED indicator (5) 1 elongated hole 3.1 x 10 and 1 x 3.1
(3) Front fixing ( 3 screws and inserts included)
Wiring schemes
9
Wiring schemes (5-wire, a or c)
1 NC/NO output Light switching (object present) Light switching (no object present)
Transmitter Thru-beam receiver and reflex Diffuse
BN BK BK
BU
BU
RD
OG
BN
BU
RD
OG
BN 10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/147
characteristics Osiris Application, conveyor system & access control series
Compact design with teach mode adjustment
Five-wire a.c. or d.c. NC/NO relay output
Diffuse system (1)

DF524707
Sensing Function Output Reference Weight
1 distance (Sn)
m kg
d.c. supply
1.5 NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUY P954S 0.130
4 NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUY P952S 0.130
a.c. or d.c. supply
2 1.5
4
NO/NC programmable
NO/NC programmable
Relay
Relay
XUY P954R
XUY P952R
0.150
0.150
Polarised reflex system (2)

Sensing Function Output Reference Weight
distance (Sn)
XUY p95pp m kg
3 6
d.c. supply
NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUY B954S 0.130
10 NO/NC programmable PNP/NPN XUY B952S 0.130
a.c. or d.c. supply

6 NO/NC programmable Relay XUY B954R 0.150
4
10 NO/NC programmable Relay XUY B952R 0.150
(1) On 300 x 300 mm white paper.

(2) With 84 mm reflector.
Characteristics
XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY XUY
P954S P954R P952S P952R B954S B954R B952S B952R
5 Product certifications
Connection
e, cULus for XUY P954S/952S and XUY B954S/952S
Screw terminals
Nominal sensing distance (Sn) m 1.5 4 6 10
Adjustment using teach (fine or standard mode)
Type of transmission LED Infrared Red
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC60529 IP 65 and IP 67
Ambient air temperature For operation C 0...+ 60
6 Materials
For storage C - 20...+ 80
Polycarbonate
Immunity to ambient light Incandescent bulb Lux 10 000 at 5 to the optical axis
Natural light Lux 20 000 at 5 to the optical axis
Indicator lights Green LED Output signal
Red LED Dirty optics, limit of detection, alignment assistance, time delay active, time function
indicator
7 Voltage limits
(including ripple)
c 10..0.30 V
a/c 20250 V V
p

p
p

p
p

p
p

p
Current consumption, no-load mA 50 50 50 50
VA 2 2 2 2
Type of output PNP/NPN Relay PNP/NPN Relay PNP/NPN Relay PNP/NPN Relay
Switching capacity PNP/NPN mA 100 with overload and short-circuit protection
Relay A 3 (max. continuous)

PNP/NPN V
Hz
At 100 mA: < 2; at 10 mA: < 1
1000 25 60 25 1000 25 60 25
Delays Response and recovery ms 0.5 20 8 20 0.5 20 8 20
Test input Active V < 1.4 < 1.4 < 1.4 < 1.4
Inactive V >3 >3 >3 >3
Output time delay Type Retriggerable: leading edge and/or trailing edge
Duration of each increment ms 0 to 11 s in 23 adjustment increments of 50 ms, then 0.5 s per press
9 Adjustment Using teach mode and/or fine manual adjustment
b Applications
v Detection of belt breakage
v Materials handling
v Access control
10
1/148
dimensions, Osiris Application, conveyor system & access control series
Compact design with teach mode adjustment
schemes Five-wire a.c. or d.c. NC/NO relay output
Presentation
Rear view Indicator lights Controls
1 1
2 1 - Output signal: Green LED 5 - Automatic adjustment of threshold
t 3 2 - Dirty optics: Red LED - Access to special functions
4 - Limit of detection: Red LED - Zero reset of time delay
SET
t 5 - Alignment assistance: flashing 6 - Sensitivity increase
+ 6
LO-DO red LED - NO/NC programming
7 3 - Activation/adjustment of time
delay: Red LED
- Time delay increase
7 - Sensitivity decrease
2
4 - Action keypad - Inversion of time delay setting:
8
- Keypad: Action/Locking On-delay, Off-delay
- Time delay decrease
8 - Access to terminals
3
Note: Both the red and green LEDs flash in the event of a short-circuit on the output (for XUY Pp95pS/XUY Bp95pS versions).
Dimensions
XUY p95pS/XUY p95pR
60 29
4
(1)
2x4 2xM4
5
80
30
30
6
10,8
5,5
4,5
15
18
(1) Optical axis. .
Wiring schemes
XUY p95pS XUY p95pR
7
0V NC C NO
Output
Test input
8
N P
c 10/30 V Supply
0V a/c 20/250 V
250 V, 1.5 mm2 terminals.
Monitoring for blockages on a baggage conveyor Monitoring of gluing, fastening or labelling operations 9
10
1/149
characteristics 1 Osiris Application, mechanical handling series

Optical fork type with integral amplifier

Fork design
2
System Thru-beam
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 30 mm
References
3-wire, PNP Dark switching XUVH0312
3-wire, NPN Dark switching XUVJ0312
4 Weight (kg) 0.130

Characteristics
Storage - 20+ 70 C
5 Vibration resistance Conforming to

IEC 60068-2-6
Amplitude 1 mm at up to 42 Hz, 7 gn (f = 1042 Hz)

IEC 60068-2-27
Connection Pre-cabled, diameter 5 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a. : 3 x 0,34 mm2

Materials Case PC/ABS
6 Lens
Cable
PMMA
PvR


y 1.5 V
y 20 mA
Response 500 ms
Recovery 500 ms
8 Function table
Dark switching
Thru-beam system
Output state (PNP or NPN) red LED
(illuminated when detector output is ON)
10
1/150
dimensions, Osiris Application, mechanical handling series

schemes Optical fork type with integral amplifier

1
Detection curve
3
Dimensions
(1) Optical axis

(2) Red LED
(3) Diffuser
6
Maximum tightening torque of fixing screws : 3 N.m

Dark switching (no object present)
7
BN BN +
BK BK
BU
BU
10
1/151
References 1
Osiris Application

Design 18
Two-wire, a.c. (1) or d.c. supply, solid-state output with
Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression

Sensing Function Line of sight Connection (pre- Reference Weight
1 distance (Sn)
m
cabled or connector) kg
0.12 N/O Along case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU8M18MA230 0.150

1/2 20-UNF XU8M18MA230K 0.075
90 to case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU8M18MA230W 0.150
1/2 20-UNF XU8M18MA230WK 0.075
N/C Along case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU8M18MB230 0.150
2 1/2 20-UNF XU8M18MB230K

90 to case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU8M18MB230W
0.075
0.150
XU5M18Mp230W 1/2 20-UNF XU8M18MB230WK 0.075
XU8M18Mp230W
Diffuse system
3 m
0.40 N/O Along case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU5M18MA230 0.150
1/2 20-UNF XU5M18MA230K 0.075
1/2 20-UNF XU5M18MA230WK 0.075
1/2 20-UNF XU5M18MB230K 0.075
4 90 to case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU5M18MB230W

1/2 20-UNF XU5M18MB230WK
0.150
0.075
XU9M18Mp230 Polarised reflex system (3)

m
5 2 N/O Along case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU9M18MA230

1/2 20-UNF XU9M18MA230K
0.170
0.090
1/2 20-UNF XU9M18MA230WK 0.090
1/2 20-UNF XU9M18MB230K 0.095
90 to case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU9M18MB230W 0.170
6 XU2M18Mp230
1/2 20-UNF XU9M18MB230WK 0.090
Thru-beam system (4)

m
15 N/O Along case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU2M18MA230 0.285
7 1/2 20-UNF XU2M18MA230K

90 to case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU2M18MA230W
0.155
0.285
1/2 20-UNF XU2M18MA230WK 0.155
1/2 20-UNF XU2M18MB230K 0.155
90 to case axis Pre-cabled (L = 2 m) (2) XU2M18MB230W 0.285
1/2 20-UNF XU2M18MB230WK 0.155
8 XUZB2003
kg
3D fixing kit XUZB2003 0.170
for use on M12 rod for XUp M18 or XUZC50
M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
9 XUZA118 XUZ2001

(1) As these sensors do not have overload and short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a
10
0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
(2) For a 5 m long cable, add L5.
Example: XU2M18MA230 becomes XU2M18MA230L5.
(3) 50 x 50 m reflector XUZC50 included with polarised reflex system.
(4) Including both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system sensors.
XUZ2003 (5) For further information, see page 1/160.
XUZA218
1/152
schemes, Osiris Application

curves, Design 18
Two-wire, a.c. or d.c. supply, solid-state output with
dimensions 1
Characteristics
Sensor type XU2M, XU5M, XU8M, XU9M XU2M, XU5M, XU8M, XU9MpppppppK
UL, CSA, e
1/2 20-UNF
1
Pre-cabled L: 2 m
Sensing distance m 0.12 / 0.12 diffuse system with background suppression
nominal Sn / maximum m 0.4 / 0.6 diffuse system
m 15 / 20 thru-beam
Infrared, except XU9 (red)
IP 67, double insulation i IP 67
2
Materials Case: nickel plated brass; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR
3

Instability Red LED (for reflex and thru-beam only)
Rated supply voltage V a/c 24240
Voltage limits (including ripple) V a/c 20264
Residual current, open state mA < 1.5
4
Switching capacity mA 10200 (1)
Voltage drop, closed state V 6
Response ms < 20
Recovery ms < 20
(1) As these sensors do not have overload and short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a
5
0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.
Connections
Connector Pre-cabled 2-wire a or c Transmitter
1/2 20-UNF 1t (z) BU(Blue)
1 2z (z) BN(Brown) /2 2
3z
/3 3
6
2 3 1 1
t on models with connector t on models with connector
Detection curves
Thru-beam system Polarised reflex system Diffuse system Diffuse system with adjustable background
suppression
of beam of beam of beam of beam
cm
7
cm cm cm
6
15 4 1 1
2
20 m 1 2 3 m 0,3 60 cm 12 cm
10 15 -2 0,2
-15 -4 -1 -1
-6
2
With reflector XUZC50 Object 10 x 10 cm; 1 White 90 %; 2 Grey 18 %

Variation of usable sensing distance S
8
Potentiometer set to min Potentiometer set to max A-B : object reflection coefficient
B B Black 6 %
Grey 18 %
White 90 %
Sensing range
9
A 0,01 0,07 0,1 S (m) A 0,01 0,11 0,15 S (m)
0,08 0,12
Dimensions
XUp

10
b a b a b
a 18 line of sight along case axis 82 55 95 55
18 line of sight to case axis 97 55 110 55
1/153
characteristics Osiris Application, tertiary sector series

For monitoring flow

a.c. or d.c. supply
1 C/O relay output
Compact design
2
System Reflex
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 7 m (with 50 x 50 mm reflector)
References
5-wire Light switching function XUK1ARCNL2H60 (supplied as kit comprising: sensor, fixing bracket, 50 x 50 mm reflector
mounting instructions)
Weight (kg) 0.300
4 Characteristics
Product certifications UL, CSA, e
Ambient air temperature For operation: - 25+ 55 C

Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f= 1055 Hz)
5
Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 6 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2
Materials Case: PBT; lenses: PMMA; cable: PVC
6 Rated supply voltage a or c 24240 V
Switching capacity 3A
7 Power consumption, no-load 2 W (1)
Delays First-up:y60 ms; response:y25 ms; recovery:y25 ms
8 Output state of relay contact indicator Light switching

(illuminated when relay energised) BK BK

GY GY
WH WH
Relay energised Relay de-energised
(1) No-load current consumption at a 220 V: y 25 mA.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/154
Curves, Photo-electric sensors
dimensions, Osiris Application, tertiary sector series
schemes For monitoring flow
a.c. or d.c. supply
1 C/O relay output
Contents of kit XUK1ARCNL2H60 Detection curve Excess gain curve (ambient temperature: + 25 C)
- reflex system photo-electric sensor, Reflex system a or c Reflex system a or c
-
-
fixing bracket,
50 x 50 mm reflector,
of beam cm Gain
100
1
- mounting instructions.
50
10
5
1 2
1
10 cm 20 50 1 m 5 10 m 20 50 m
Sn = 4 m
3
Dimensions Wiring scheme (5-wire a or c)
XUK 1ARCNL2 XUZ A51
40 3 BN
BU
GY
BK
WH 4
34
40
60
40
10 6 22
7 4 6,5
5
12
12
5 13 15 18 7 6 x 12
6 x 13
48,5
58
Mounting precautions
6
Rigid fixing Outdoor mounting
Fix securely for trouble free detection. Use protective covers and mount on thermal insulators to avoid frost or condensation forming on
the optical parts.
9
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/155

For flow control

a.c. or d.c. supply
1 C/O relay output
Compact design
2
System Reflex
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 6 m (with 50 x 50 mm reflector)
References
5-wire Light switching XULM06031H60 (supplied as kit comprising: sensor, fixing bracket, 50 x 50 mm reflector and
Weight (kg) 0.300
4 Characteristics

5
Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 (Indoor use)
Connection Pre-cabled: diameter 6 mm, length 2 m, wire c.s.a.: 5 x 0.34 mm2
Materials Case: ABS; lens: PMMA; cable: PVC
6 Rated supply voltage a or c 24240 V
Switching capacity 2000 mA (cos j =1), 500 mA (cos j = 0.4) for a contact life of 0.5 million operating cycles
7 Current consumption, no-load y 40 mA (1)
Delays First-up:y60 ms; response:y25 ms; recovery:y25 ms
8 Output state of relay contact indicator Light switching

(illuminated when relay energised) BN

RD
BN
RD
OG OG
Relay energised Relay de-energised
(1) No-load current consumption at a 220 V: y 25 mA.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/156

schemes For flow control

a.c. or d.c. supply
1 C/O relay output
Contents of kit XULM06031H60 Detection curve Excess gain curve (ambient temperature: + 25 C)
Reflex system a or c Reflex system a or c
-
-
reflex system photo-electric sensor,
fixing bracket, of beam cm
Gain
1
- 50 x 50 mm reflector,
10
- mounting instructions.
5
0,2 6 m
-5
2
-10
3
Dimensions
Bracket fixing
18
45 45 (1) 4
10O
10 O 18
(3)
11
10 O
7
(4)
5
70
80
(4)
28
30
39
28 (2)
54,5
(3) O
10
4,5
14
12,5
10 O 6
12
20,6
10O 45
30
20,6
30
(1) LED.
(3) 1 elongated hole 4.1 x 10 and 1 x 4.1.
7
(4) 1 elongated hole 3.1 x 10 and 1 x 3.1.
Wiring scheme (5-wire a or c) Mounting precautions

1 C/O relay output Rigid fixing Outdoor mounting
Light switching (object present)
BK
OG
8
RD
BN
BU
10
Fix securely for trouble free Use protective covers and mount on thermal insulators to
detection. avoid frost or condensation forming on the optical parts.
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/157

With integral buzzer

a.c. or d.c. supply
1 N/O relay output
Compact design
2
System Reflex
3 Nominal sensing distance (Sn) 6 m (with 80 mm reflector)
Cable gland N 9 plastic, mounted in base
References
Dark switching XUJB06031H60 (supplied as kit comprising: sensor, fixing bracket, 80 mm reflector and
4 Weight (kg) 0.330
Characteristics

5 Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 7 gn, amplitude 1.5 mm (f = 1055 Hz)
Connection Screw terminals, maximum capacity: 1 x 1.5 mm2
6 Materials Case: PEI (1)
Rated supply voltage a 24240 V or c 2448 V
Voltage limits a 20264 V or c 2060 V (including ripple)
Switching capacity 2000 mA (cos j =1), 500 mA (cos j = 0.4) for a contact life of 1 million operating cycles
7 Maximum voltage on output relay contacts
a 250 V or c 30 V
8
Delays First-up: y 60 ms; response: y 25 ms; recovery: y 25 ms
Time delay Adjustable from 0.3 to 3 seconds

Output state of relay contacts indicator: Dark switching
yellow LED
9
5 4 5 4
(illuminated when relay energised)
Relay yellow Relay yellow
de-energised energised
(1) PEI: high quality synthetic resin providing excellent withstand to mechanical shocks, vibration and the effects of external agents frequently encountered in industry:
alcohol, salts, petroleum, oils, greases, washing agents (diluted sodium carbonate 4%, nitric acid 2%), formaldehyde vapour, splashing lactic acid, etc.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/158

schemes With integral buzzer

a.c. or d.c. supply
1 N/O relay output
Detection curve Contents of kit XUJB06031H60

Reflex system
of beam
cm
-
-
reflex system photo-electric sensor,
fixing bracket, 1
- 80 mm reflector,
6 - mounting instructions.
4
2
0
-2 8 m
-4
-6
2
Excess gain curve (ambient temperature: + 25 C)
Infrared reflex system
Gain
1000
500
3
100
50
10
5
4
1
0,1 0,2 0,4 1 2 4 6 10
D (m)
Dimensions
XUJB06031H60 Face view Bracket fixing
5
2,6 66 27,2 12,8
6,5
(4) (6)
(8)
24
6
62,5
(7)
13
25 25
12 14
85
25
96
30 (5)
16
62,5
10 10 25
10
28
(1)
7
12 (2) 14 (3) 12,7 12,8
57 55,2
(1) N 9 plastic cable gland. (7) 2 elongated holes 6.5 x 16.5.

(2) 2 elongated holes 6.5 x 10. (8) 1 elongated hole 6.5 x 30.5.
(3) 1 elongated hole 6.5 x 24.
8
(6) Yellow LED.
Wiring schemes (a or c) Terminal connections

Dark switching
Object present 1 N/O relay output
2 /+ 1 A1 ( /)
4 2 A2 ( /+)
1
5
/
3
4 a 250 V, 100 VA max.
9
5 c 30 V, 2 A max.
10
Accessories:
page 1/160
1/159
References 1
Osiris
Accessories
3D fixing kit (1)

1 sensor type
Ball-joint mounted fixing XUB or XUZC50 XUZB2003
kg
0.170
bracket for mounting on M12 XUM or XUZC50 XUZM2003 0.140
rod
XUK or XUZC50 XUZK2003 0.170
XUX or XUZC50 XUZX2003 0.220
XUZB2003 XUZM2003 XUZK2003 Ball-joint mounted fixing XUM XUZM2004 0.155
bracket with protective XUK XUZK2004 0.270
2 cover for mounting on M12
rod
XUX XUZX2004 0.420

M12 rod XUZ2001 0.050
(adjustment possible over
complete height)
XUZX2003 XUZM2004 XUZK2004 (1) To obtain a 3D fixing kit, order:
- rod support XUZ2003
3 - M12 rod XUZ2001
- ball-joint mounted fixing bracket XUZp200p
XUZ 2001 XUZ 200

XUZX2004
4
XUZ 2003
5
XUZ2003 XUZ2001 3Dfixing kit example
Fixing accessories
6 Description For use with
sensor type
Reference Weight
kg
Stainless steel fixing XUB XUZA118 0.045
bracket
Metal fixing brackets XUM XUZA50 0.025
XUZA118 XUZA50 XUZA51 XUK XUZA51 0.050
XUX XUZX2000 0.065
7 XUL
XUJ
XULZ41
XUZA41
0.050
0.050
XUJ B XUZA49 0.120
Plastic fixing bracket XUp ( 18 mm) XUZA218 0.035
with adjustable ball-joint
Precision fixing bracket XU2 ( 18 mm) XUZA318 0.170
with micrometric adjustment with laser transmission
8 XUZX2000 XULZ41 XUZA41 Plastic fixing clamps XUA ( 8 mm) XSAZ108 0.007
with locking screw XSZB108 0.006
XUp ( 18 mm) With lug XSAZ118 0.020
With indexing pin XSZB118 0.010
With 24.1 mm ctrs. XUZB2005 0.007
Glass fibre optics XUFS0810 XSAZ145 0.005
Fibre optics XUFS2510 XSAZ155 0.005
9 Set of 2 plastic nuts

Fibre optics XUFS0210
XUp ( 18 mm)
XSAZ185
XSAZ318
0.005
0.004
XUZA49 XUZA218 XUZA318
Set of 2 metal nuts XUp ( 18 mm) XSZE118 0.015
Set of 2 stainless steel XUp ( 18 mm) XSZE318 0.015

nuts
10 XSAZ1pp XSZB1pp XUZB2005
1/160
References (continued) 1
Osiris
Accessories
Reflectors
Description Dimensions Length Reference Weight
Standard reflectors
(mm)
16
(m)
XUZC16
kg
0.002
1
21 XUZC21 0.002
31 XUZC31 0.005
39 XUZC39 0.008
80 XUZC80 0.029
XUZCpp XUZC50 XUZC24 Universal reflector 50 x 50 XUZC50 0.020
(without blind zone)
Reflector for short sensing 24 x 21 XUZC24 0.007
2
distances
Reflector for long sensing 100 x 100 XUZC100 0.062
distances
Standard reflective adhesive Width: 22 1 XUZB01 0.015
tape (1) Thickness: 0.4 5 XUZB05 0.075
Reflective adhesive
tape (1)
Width: 22
Thickness: 0.4
1
5
XUZB11
XUZB15
0.020
0.085
3
(specifically for polarised reflex
systems and Osiconcept)
XUZC100 XUZB0p
Protective covers
Protective covers Sensors XUX and XUJ XUZD25

kg
0.920
4
Reflectors XUZC80 or XUZD15 0.270
XUZ C24
Potentiometer protective Sensors XUJ XUJZ01 0.015
cover
XUZD15
Cabling accessories
XUZD25 XUJZ01
6
kg
Adaptor, ISO 16 - 1/2 NPT XUZX2001 0.050
Adaptor, ISO 16 - ISO 20 XUZX2002 0.050
XUZX2001 Lenses
7
kg
Lens for Sensors XUR XURZ01 0.010
spot enlargement
Lens accessory for Sensors XUR XURZ02 0.015
spot reduction
XURZ01 XURZ02
Spare parts
Description For use with Sold in Unit reference Weight
8
lots of kg
Plastic end adaptor Amplifiers 2 XUFZ08 0.002
for connecting 1 mm fibres XUD A
Transparent covers Sensors XUV XUVZ02 0.003
XUFZ08
Protection fuses 9
Description For use with Sold in Unit reference Weight
XUVZ02 lots of kg
Cartridge fuse Sensors without 10 XUZE04 0.001
5 x 20 short-circuit
0.4 A quick-blow protection
Fuse terminal block Cartridge fuses 50 AB1FU10135U 0.040
XUZE0p
(1) Suitable for use at maximum ambient temperature of + 50 C.
10
1/161
Dimensions 1
Osiris
Accessories
XUZB2003 XUZ2001 XUZ2003

Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket for XUB or XUZ C50 M12 rod Support for M12 rod
1 36 22,9
M4 5,7
40
1,9
12
19
55
2
33
132
40
67
126
53
19 M12
50
23
76,5
40
36
19
3 XUZM2003
Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket for XUM (1) or XUZ C50
XUZM2004
Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket with protective cover for XUM (1)
29 38 40,5 21
M4 45 M3 21 19,5 13
12,5
4
13,5
49
25
25
33
42
M3
XUZK2003 XUZK2004
Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket for XUK (1) or XUZ C50 Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket with protective cover for XUK (1)
5 60
28 40,5 33 M4
45
63
17,5
28
27
20
40
6
60
33
59,5
40
20
25,8
40
20
7
20
56,5
40
30,6
XUZX2003 XUZX2004
8
Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket for XUX (1) or XUZ C50 Ball-joint mounted fixing bracket with protective cover for XUX (1)
73
23,1 52,5 36 40,5 41,5
9
52
38
100
73
33
99
60
73
M5
4,5
10 51
50
23,5 18
49,5
(1) Accessory fixing screws included.
1/162
Mounting 1
Osiris
Accessories
XUZB2003 + XUZ2001 + XUZ2003 XUZ2001 + XUZ2003

3D fixing kit for XUB or reflector XUZC50 M12 rod + rod support
3
XUZM2003 + XUZ 2001 XUZM2004 + XUZ2001
3D fixing kit for XUM or reflector XUZC50 3D fixing kit with protective cover for XUM
5
XUZK2003 + XUZ2001 XUZK2004 + XUZ2001 + XUZ2003
3D fixing kit for XUK or reflector XUZC50 3D fixing kit with protective cover for XUK
Mounting example
XUZX2003 + XUZ2001 XUZX2004 + XUZ2001 8

3D fixing kit for XUX or reflector XUZC50 3D fixing kit with protective cover for XUX
10
1/163
Dimensions 1
Osiris
Accessories
XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZA50

Fixing bracket XUB Fixing bracket with adjustable ball-joint Fixing bracket XUM (2)
1 2,5 50
for XUp ( 18)
10 45 10 3
4,5
35
5 25,5
41
25
28 = =
2 55
5
15 5
3x4 15 8,2 x 3,2
1 8 24 8
4
= =
6,5
16,5
19,5
=
18
6,5
10
7,5
3,2
27
=
6,5 20 8,3
3 XUZA51 XUZX2000
Fixing bracket for XUK (2) Fixing bracket for XUX (2)
40 3 6 58 3
3
R 5,5
4
64
20
34
40
60
40
18
3
R
28
10 6 22
6 10 6 30
R
52
12
12
64
5
16,5
5 13 15 18 7 6 x 12
6 x 13
48,5
12,8
58
6,5 14 7
120,1 24
6
XUZA318 XSZB108, XSZB118
Fixing bracket with micrometric adjustment for XU2 ( 18) with Fixing clamps for XUA and XUp ( 18)
laser transmission
38,3
30
=
35
45
55
64
b1
b
b2
=
34
7 = = 9,5 (1) a1
3,5
3
59 39 a
44 4 22,3 8
15
3
XCZ a a1 b b1 b2
8 B108 21.1 14.5 14.2 12.8 7.5 8

6,5
9,5 8 24 8 9,5 B118 26 15.7 22.3 20.1 11.5 18

(1) 2 elongated holes 4 x 8.
XUZB2005 XSAZ1pp
Fixing clamps with 24.1 mm centres for XUp ( 18) Fixing clamps for XUA, XUp ( 18), XUF
b1
9
2,5
f
d
d2 d1 d3
20
13,2
== = =
16 30,7 c G G1
24,1 a
3 = = 3
XSA a b b1 c d d1 d2 d3 f G G1
10 Z108
Z118
23.5
41
14.2
30
16.7
33
10
17
8
18
8.1
18.1
2
3.9
4
6
10.5
24
16
30
5
7
Z145 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 4.7 2 4 10.5 16 5
Z155 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 5.7 2 4 10.5 16 5
(2) Accessory fixing screws included. Z185 23.5 14.2 16.7 10 8 8.6 2 4 10.5 16 5
1/164
Dimensions (continued) 1
Osiris
Accessories
XUZD15 XUZD25
Protective cover for XUZ C80 or XUZ C24 Protective cover for XUX or XUJ
48
1
16
=
101,5
(1)
88
72
133,5
2
149
=
66
80 73
22
16
16
91
83,4 44 = =
128 135 44 3
XUZCpp XUZC50 XUZM2003 + XUZ2001 + XUZ2003
+ XUZ C50
Mounting example
35
4xR5
4
d
c
51
69
47
60
XUZ c d
C16
C21
21
25.5
5.5
6
17
20.5
5
C31 35 7.5 30.5
C39 46 6.5 37 3,5 (1)
8 51,5
6
XUZC24 XUZC100 XUZX2001
9 96 1/2" NPT
27
M16
7
45
11,3
21
33
11
100
96
32
4 24
7,5 9,5 100
=
29
=
8
XUZC80 XUZX2002
4,5 M20
9
26
M16
11,3 11
31
10
7,5
1/165
Osiris Universal

XUB0 Osiconcept with line of sight along case axis
Sensing distance and excess gain

Background suppression mode
1
Background distance (1)

a 17 cm
0.010.12 m max. 12 17 cm 13,5 cm

1 cm
b 10
1 cm 8 cm 10 cm
Without accessory
2
5 cm
Background 5 cm 8 10 cm 12 cm
Maximum distance of object to be detected (1)
a: with background teaching at maximum Example: teaching against a background located at

recommended distance. 13.5 cm enables detection of an object at 1 to 10cm.
3
b: with background teaching at minimum
recommended distance. (5) From white 90% to black 6%.
Diffuse mode
Gain
(1)
00.4 m max. 500
0 13 30 40 cm
100 1
4
(2) 50
0 13 18 cm 20 2
Without accessory 10
3
(3) 5
0,3 cm 8 11 cm EG = 2 1
0,1 cm 0,5 1 5 10 50 100 cm
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%. Sn = 30 cm Distance
5 Object teaching zone

1 White object
2 Grey object
3 Black object
In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 12 cm,
automatically configures the product to background suppression mode. This provides a constant usable
sensing distance, whatever the colour of the object.
6 Polarised reflex mode

XUZ C50 Gain
100
0.0035 m max. 3 mm 2m 3m
50
XUZ C24
3
10
7 With reflector 3 mm 0,9 m 1,3 m

XUZ C100
5
1
EG = 2
2
5 mm 4m 5m 1
0,1 m 0,5 1 5 10 m
Sn = 2 m Distance
1 With reflector XUZC50

8 2 With reflector XUZC24
Thru-beam mode
Gain
1000
020 m max. 500
0 15 20 m
9 100
50
With thru-beam accessory

10
5
EG = 2
1
10
1m 5 10 50 m
Sn = 15 m Distance
Nominal sensing distance. EG 2.

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values.
EG: Excess gain, operational reserve.
1/166
Osiris Universal
XUB0 Osiconcept with line of sight 90 to case axis

15 cm
1

a
13,5 cm
0.010.11 m max.
0 cm 11 15 cm
b
7,5
0 cm 8 cm 10 cm
Without accessory
2
0 cm
0 cm 6 10 11 cm
Background Maximum distance of object to be detected (1)

recommended distance. 13.5 cm enables detection of an object at 0 to 10cm.
3
Diffuse mode
Gain
00.3 m max. (1) 500
0 10 20 30 cm
100
(2)
0 10 14 cm
50
20
4
10
1
6
5
(3) 3 2
Without accessory EG = 2
0,3 cm 6,5 8 cm 1
1 cm 5 10 50 100 cm
Sn = 20 cm Distance
5
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%.
1 White object
Object teaching zone 2 Grey object
3 Black object
Polarised reflex mode
XUZ C50 Gain
100
6
04 m max. 0 cm 1,5 m 2 m
50
XUZ C24
3
10
3 cm 0,8 m 1,2 m
With reflector
XUZ C100 5
2
1
7
EG = 2
0 cm 3m 4m
1
0,1 m 0,5 1 5 10 m
Sn = 1,5 m Distance
8
Thru-beam mode
Gain
014 m max. 1000
500
0 10 14 m
100
50 9
10
With thru-beam accessory 5
EG = 2
1
10
1m 5 50 m
Sn = 10 m Distance

1/167
Osiris Optimum
XUBppppp with line of sight along or at 90 to case axis

Diffuse sensor XUB4ppppppp with line of sight along case axis
1 (1)
Gain
0.0010.15 m max. 100
0,1 cm 10 15 cm 50
1
(2)
10 2
2 0,3 cm 5 7 cm
5
3
EG = 2
(3)
1
0,6 cm 3 4 cm 0,1 cm 0,5 1 5 50 cm
Sn = 10 cm Distance
1 White object
3 (1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%.
2 Grey object
3 Black object
Diffuse sensor XUB4ppppppp with line of sight 90 to case axis
Gain
00.15 m max. (1) 100
0 cm 10 15 cm
4
50
1
(2)
10
0,1 cm 5 7 cm
5 2
EG = 2
(3) 3
5 0,3 cm 2 4 cm
1
0,1 cm 0,5 1 5 50 cm
Sn = 10 cm Distance
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%. 1 White object
2 Grey object
3 Black object
Diffuse sensor XUB5ppppppp with line of sight along or at 90 to case axis
6 0.0010.8 m max. a
(1)
Gain
b (4) 500
0,1 cm 60 80 cm
(2) 100
1
50
2
a
7
b (4)
0,2 cm 25 38 cm 10 3
5
(3)
a EG = 2
1
b (4) 0,1 cm 0,5 1 5 10 50 100 cm
0,4 cm 15 21 cm Sn = 60 cm
Distance
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%. 1 White object
8 (4) No detection. 2 Grey object
3 Black object


a: Potentiometer set at maximum.
9 b: Potentiometer set at minimum.
10
1/168
Osiris Optimum

XUBppppp with line of sight along or at 90 to case axis

Polarised reflex sensor XUB9ppppppp with line of sight along or at 90 to case axis
XUZ C50 Gain

1
100
0.0035 m max.
5 mm 2m 3m 50
XUZ C24 3
With reflector 1
2
10
3 mm 1 m 1,5 m 5
2
EG = 2
XUZ C100
1
0,1 m 0,5 1 5 10 m
Sn = 2 m Distance
5 mm 4m 5m
3
Reflex sensor XUB1ppppppp with line of sight along or at 90 to case axis
XUZ C50 Gain
500
0.0039 m max.
4
5 mm 4m 5,5 m
100
3
XUZ C24 50
With reflector 2 1
10
3 mm 2 m 2,5 m
5
EG = 2
XUZ C100
5
1
0,1 m 0,5 1 5 10 m
Sn = 4 m Distance
5 mm 7m 9m
Thru-beam sensor XUB2ppppppp with line of sight along or at 90 to case axis
6
Gain
020 m max. 1000
500
0m 15 20 m
100
50
10
EG = 2
5
7
1
1m 5 10 50 m
With thru-beam accessory Sn = 15 m Distance
8
10
1/169
50
3
Curves 20
10
1
5 Osiris Universal

2 XUX0 Osiconcept
10 cm 50 1 m 5 10 15 20 40 m
Sn = 11 m

1 1,5 m

a
0.011.3 m max. 1m
0 cm 1,3 1,5 m
b 50
40
6 cm 38 cm 40 cm
2 Without accessory
20
10 cm
10 cm 20 38 90 1 m 1,3 m
Background

recommended distance. 1 m enables detection of an object at 0 to 90 cm.
3
Diffuse mode
Gain
(1) 1000
03 m max. 0 1,3 2 3m
1
4
100
(2)
0 1 1,3 m 2
10 3
Without accessory
(3)
1,5 cm 0,6 0,8 m 1
1 cm 10 cm 1m 10 m
Distance
5
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%.
1 White object
Object teaching zone 2 Grey object
3 Black object
In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 1.3 m,
6 Polarised reflex mode

XUZ C50
Gain
50
3
0.0535 m max. 5 cm 11 m 15 m
XUZ C24 20 1
10
7 3 cm
XUZ C100
5m 6m 5
2
With reflector EG = 2
5 cm 25 m 35 m
10 cm 50 1 m 5 10 15 20 40 m
Sn = 11 m
8 2 With reflector XUZC24

Thru-beam mode
Gain
10 000
0 40 60 m
060 m max. 1000
9 100
10
EG = 2
10
5 cm 10 50 1m 5 10 100 m
Sn = 40 m

1/170
Osiris Optimum
XUXpAppp

Diffuse sensor XUX5Apppppp
(1)
Gain
200
1
a 1
100
03 m max. b
50 2
18 cm 55 cm 2,1 m 3m
(2) 3
a
2
10
b (4) 5
0 1 m 1,3 m
EG = 2
(3)
a 1
3 cm 5 10 50 1m 3 5m
b (4) Sn = 2,1 m
0 0,6 m 0,8 m
1 White object
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%.
(4) No detection.
2 Grey object
3 Black object 3
Polarised reflex sensor XUX9Apppppp
XUZ C50 Gain

30
a
20
b
4
0.0530 m max. 5 cm
1,2 3,7 4,8 11 m 15 m 10
3
XUZ C24 1
5
a
2
b
With reflector 3 cm 4,4 5,7 m
EG = 2
1,1 1,9 2,5 m
XUZ C100 1
a
b
50 cm 1 m 5m 15 20 30 m
Sn = 11 m 5
5 cm 1 With reflector XUZC50
65 cm 7,5 m 10 m 20 m 26 m 2 With reflector XUZC24
Reflex sensor XUX1Apppppp
XUZ C50 Gain
a
b
50
6
0.0535 m max. 5 cm
20
1,4 5,1 7 m 14 m 20 m 3
10
XUZ C24 1
a 5
b 2
7
3 cm EG = 2
With reflector
0,45 2,1 3 m 5,2 7,1 m
XUZ C100
a 0,2 0,5 1 m 5 7 10 20 40 m
Sn = 15 m
b
5 cm 1 With reflector XUZC50
60 cm 9 12 m 25 m 35 m
Thru-beam sensor XUX2Apppppp 8
Gain
a 10 000
060 m max. b
0 3,6 5,5 m 40 m 60 m 1000
9
100
50

5
EG = 2
1
70 cm 1 m 5 10 40 60 100 m
10

b: Potentiometer set at minimum.
1/171
Osiris Universal

XUM0 Osiconcept

1 cm

a
15
00.10 m max. 10 cm 15 cm
0 cm
b 10
2 0 cm 5 cm 6 cm
Without accessory 5
Background
3 0 4 5 7 10 cm

recommended distance. 10cm enables detection of an object at 1 to 7cm.
4 Diffuse mode
Gain
(1) 100
00.55 m max. 0 1
10 40 50 55 cm 50
(2)
5
0 18 25 cm
2
10
(3)
0 10 15 cm 5
Without accessory 3
EG = 2
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%.
6
1
Object teaching zone 1 cm 5 10 50 100 cm
Sn = 40 cm Distance
1 White object
2 Grey object
3 Black object
7 sensing distance, whatever the colour of the object.

10
1/172
Curves (continued) Photo-electric sensors 1
Osiris Universal

XUM0 Osiconcept
Sensing distance and excess gain (continued)

XUZ C50 Gain
50
1
0.026.5 m max.
2 cm 3m 4m
XUZ C24
3
10
1 cm 1,4 m 1,6 m
5
2 2
XUZ C100
With reflector
EG = 2
2 cm 4,8 m 6,5 m 1
1
3
1 cm 5 0,1 m 0,5 1 m 5 m 10 m
Sn = 3 m Distance

Thru-beam mode
Gain
1000
4
014 m 500
0 10 14 m
max.
100
5
50
10
5
EG = 2
6
1m 5 Sn = 10 m 20 m
Distance

10
1/173
Osiris Optimum
XUMpAppp

Diffuse short range sensor with adjustable sensitivity XUM6Appp
1 (1) Gain
a 10
0.020.15 m max. b (4)
0 10 15 cm
(2) 5
2
a
1
b (4)
1 cm 8 12 cm 2
(3) EG = 2 3
Without accessory
a
b (4)
2 cm 9 cm
3
1
1 cm 5 30 cm
Sn = 10 cm Distance
(1) White 90%. 1 White object

(2) Grey 18%. 2 Grey object
(3) Black 6%.
3 Black object
(4) No detection.
4 Diffuse long range sensor with adjustable sensitivity XUM5Appp
(1) Gain
a 10
0.0050.6 m max. b (4)
0,5 cm 40 60 cm
1
5 a
(2) 5
2
b (4) 3
0,5 cm 30 45 cm
Without accessory (3) EG = 2

a
6
b (4)
1 cm 20 30 cm
1
1 cm 5 10 cm 50 100 cm
Sn = 40 cm Distance
(1) White 90%. 1 White object

(2) Grey 18%. 2 Grey object
(3) Black 6%.
7 (4) No detection.
3 Black object

8
b: Potentiometer set at minimum.
10
1/174
Curves (continued) Photo-electric sensors 1
Osiris Optimum
XUMpAppp
Sensing distance and excess gain (continued)

Polarised reflex sensor XUM9Appp
XUZ C50 Gain

1
10
0.024 m max.
2 cm 2m 3m
5
3
XUZ C24
2
2 cm 1,3 1,6 m
EG = 2
With reflector XUZ C100
2 1
3
2 cm 3m 4m 1
0,1 m 0,5 1 m 5 10 m
Sn = 2 m Distance

Reflex sensor XUM1Appp

4
XUZ C50 Gain
100
0.0038.5 m
max. 5 mm 4m 6m
3
50
2
5
XUZ C24
10
3 mm 2,1 2,5 m
1
With reflector 5
XUZ C100
EG = 2
5 mm 7m 8,5 m
1
0,1 m 0,5 1m 5 10 m
Sn = 4 m Distance
6
Thru-beam sensor XUM2Appp 7

Gain
1000
012 m 500
0 8m 12 m
max.
100
50
8
10
5
EG = 2
1
1m 5 10 m 20 m
9
Sn = 8 m Distance

EG: Excess gain, operational reserve. 10
1/175
50
3
20 1
Curves 10
Osiris Universal
5

2
XUK0 Osiconcept
10 cm 50 1 m 5 10 15 20 40 m
Sn = 11 m

1 cm

38
a
028 cm max. 30
0 cm 28 38 cm
b 20
0 cm 8 cm 10 cm
2 10
0
Without accessory 0 8 10 20 22 28 cm
Background
recommended distance. 30 cm enables detection of an object at 0 to 22 cm.
3
Diffuse mode
Gain
(1) 20
01.2 m max.
10
0 0,8 1m 1,2 m
5
4
(2) 3
2
0 0,4 0,55 m 1
1
0,5
(3) 0,3 2
0,2
3
1,5 cm 0,3 m 0,1
Without accessory 1 cm 5 10 50 100 200 cm
Distance
5 (1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%. 1 White object
2 Grey object
Object teaching zone
3 Black object
In diffuse mode, teaching of the position of the object to be detected, located between 0 and 0.3 m,
6 XUZ C50 Gain

50
0.0211 m max.
2 cm 4m 5,7 m 20
XUZ C24 10
2 3
5
0,5 cm 2 m
7 1,7
XUZ C100 EG = 2
With reflector 1 1
2 cm 9m 11 m 10 cm 30 50 0,1 m 5 1m 2 5 10 20 m
Sn = 4 m

8 Thru-beam mode
Gain
1000
500
045 m 0 30 m 45 m
max. 100
9 50
10
5
EG = 2
1
1 5 10 m 50 100 m
Sn = 30 m
10 Nominal sensing distance. EG 2.

1/176
Osiris Optimum
XUKpAppp

Diffuse sensor XUK5Appp
(1)
Gain
5
1
01.5 m max. a
4
b (4) 1
0 1m 1,5 m 3
(2) 2
a
2
EG = 2 3
b (4)
0 0,5 m 0,8 m
(3)
a 1
Without accessory
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 2m
b (4) Sn = 1 m
0 0,3 m 0,5 m
3
1 White object
(1) White 90%. (2) Grey 18%. (3) Black 6%. 2 Grey object
(4) No detection.
3 Black object
Polarised reflex sensor XUK9Appp
XUZ C50 Gain
0.1013 m max. c
20
d
4
10
10 cm 4 5 6 7,5 m
XUZ C24 5
c
1 2 3
d EG = 2
5 cm 1,4 2 3m
1
5
With reflector XUZ C100 10 cm 20 30 50 1m 10 20 m
c Sn = 5 m
d
1 With reflector C50
5 cm 8m 10 m 13 m 2 With reflector C24
Reflex sensor XUK1Appp
Gain
6
XUZ C50
a 100
0.0525 m max. 50
b
5 cm 7 m 9 11 m 15 m
XUZ C24 10
c
5
7
d
1 2 3
3 cm 3 4 5,5 m EG = 2
With reflector
XUZ C100 1
10 cm 20 50 1 m 5 10 m 20 50 m
c Sn = 4 m
d
5 cm 15 m 20 m 25 m 2 With reflector C24
19 m
Thru-beam sensor XUK2Appp

8
Gain
1000
c
045 m
max. d
100
0 20 m 30 m 45 m
50
10
9
5
EG = 2
1
10 cm 50 1 m 5 10 m 50 100 m
Sn = 30 m

Maximum sensing distance. The maximum sensing distances indicated are average values. 10
a: Potentiometer set at maximum. c: XUKpAPpppp or XUKpANpppp, DC solid-state output version.
b: Potentiometer set at minimum. d: XUKpARpppp, AC/DC relay output version.
1/177
Substitution table Photo-electric sensors 1
Old sensor New Osiris sensor Old sensor New Osiris sensor Old sensor New Osiris sensor
1 Diameter 18 mm sensors
XU1B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2+XUZC50 (1)
XU2B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12
+XUB0AKSNM12T
XU2N18PP340WD XUB2BPAWM12R
+XUB2BKAWM12T (4)
XU2B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 XUB2BPBWM12R
XU1B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12+XUZC50 (1) +XUB0AKSNL2T +XUB2BKAWM12T (5)
XU1B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2+XUZC50 (1) XU2B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 XU2N18PP340WL5 XUB2BPAWL5R
+XUB0AKSNM12T +XUB2BKSWL5T (4)
XU1B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12+XUZC50 (1)
XU2M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 XUB2BPBWL5R
XU1N18NP340 XUB1BNANL2+XUZC50 (2)
2
+XUB0BKSNL2T (6) +XUB2BKSWL5T (5)
XUB1BNBNL2+XUZC50 (3)
XU2M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 XU2P18NP340 XUB2ANANL2R
XU1N18NP340D XUB1BNANM12+XUZC50 (2) +XUB0BKSNM12T (6) +XUB2AKSNL2T (2)
XUB1BNBNM12+XUZC50 (3) XU2M18NP340WD XUB2BNAWM12R XUB2ANBNL2R

+XUB2BKSWM12T (2) (6) +XUB2AKSNL2T (3)
XU1N18NP340L5 XUB1BNANL5+XUZC50 (2)
XUB2BNBWM12R XU2P18NP340D XUB2ANANM12R
XUB1BNBNL5+XUZC50 (3) +XUB2BKSWM12T (3) (6) +XUB2AKSNM12T (2)
XU1N18NP340W XUB1BNAWL2+XUZC50 (2)
3
XU2M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 XUB2ANBNM12R
+XUB0BKSNL2T (6) +XUB2AKSNM12T (3)
XUB1BNBWL2+XUZC50 (3)
XU2M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 XU2P18NP340W XUB2ANAWL2R
XU1N18NP340WD XUB1BNAWM12+XUZC50 (2)
+XUB0BKSNM12T (6) +XUB2AKSWL2T (2)
XUB1BNBWM12+XUZC50 (3)
XU2M18PP340L10 XUB0BPSNM12 XUB2ANBWL2R
XU1N18PP340 XUB1BPANL2+XUZC50 (4) +XUB0BKSNM12T +XUB2AKSWL2T (3)
+XZCP1141L10 (6) (7)
XUB1BPBNL2+XUZC50 (5) XU2P18NP340WD XUB2ANAWM12R
XU2M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 +XUB2AKSWM12T (2)
4
XU1N18PP340D XUB1BPANM12+XUZC50 (4) +XUB0BKSNL5T (6)
XUB2ANBWM12R
XUB1BPBNM12+XUZC50 (5) XU2M18PP340W XUB2BPAWL2R +XUB2AKSWM12T (3)
+XUB2BKSWL2T (4) (6)
XU1N18PP340L5 XUB1BPANL5+XUZC50 (4) XU2P18PP340 XUB2APANL2R
XUB2BPBWL2R +XUB2AKSNL2T (4)
XUB1BPBNL5+XUZC50 (5)
+XUB2BKSWL2T (5) (6)
XUB2APBNL2R
XU1N18PP340W XUB1BPAWL2+XUZC50 (4)
XU2M18PP340WD XUB2BPAWM12R +XUB2AKSNL2T (5)
XUB1BPBWL2+XUZC50 (5) +XUB2BKSWM12T (4) (6)
XU2P18PP340D XUB2APANM12R
5
XU1N18PP340WD XUB1BPAWM12+XUZC50 (4) XUB2BPBWM12R +XUB2AKSNM12T (4)
+XUB2BKSWM12T (5) (6)
XUB1BPBWM12+XUZC50 (5) XUB2APBNM12R
XU2M18PP340WL5 XUB2BPAWL5R +XUB2AKSNM12T (5)
XU1N18PP340WL5 XUB1BPAWL5+XUZC50 (4) +XUB2BKSWL5T (4) (6)
XU2P18PP340L10 XUB0APSNM12
XUB1BPBWL5+XUZC50 (5) XUB2BPBWL5R +XUB0AKSNM12T
+XUB2BKSWL5T (5) (6) +XZCP1141L10 (6) (7)
XU1P18NP340 XUB1ANANL2+XUZC50 (2)
XU2N18NP340 XUB2BNANL2R XU2P18PP340L5 XUB2APANL5R
XUB1ANBNL2+XUZC50 (3)
+XUB2BKSNL2T (2) +XUB2AKSNL5T (4)
6 XU1P18NP340D XUB1ANANM12+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBNM12+XUZC50 (3)
XUB2BNBNL2R
+XUB2BKSNL2T (3)
XUB2APBNL5R
+XUB2AKSNL5T (5)
XU1P18NP340L5 XUB1ANANL5+XUZC50 (2) XU2N18NP340D XUB2BNANM12R XU2P18PP340W XUB2APAWL2R

+XUB2BKSNM12T (2) +XUB2AKSWL2T (4)
XUB1ANBNL5+XUZC50 (3)
XUB2BNBNM12R XUB2APBWL2R
XU1P18NP340W XUB1ANAWL2+XUZC50 (2) +XUB2BKSNM12T (3) +XUB2AKSWL2T (5)
XUB1ANBWL2+XUZC50 (3) XU2N18NP340WD XUB2BNAWM12R XU2P18PP340WD XUB2APAWM12R
7 XU1P18NP340WD XUB1ANAWM12+XUZC50 (2)

XUB1ANBWM12+XUZC50 (3)
+XUB2BKSWM12T (2)
XUB2BNBWM12R
+XUB2AKSWM12T (4)
XUB2APBWM12R
+XUB2BKSWM12T (3) +XUB2AKSWM12T (5)
XU1P18PP340 XUB1APANL2+XUZC50 (4)
XU2N18PP340 XUB2BPANL2R XU5B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 (8)
XUB1APBNL2+XUZC50 (5) +XUB2BKSNL2T (4)
XU5B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 (8)
XU1P18PP340D XUB1APANM12+XUZC50 (4) XUB2BPBNL2R
+XUB2BKSNL2T (5) XU5B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 (8)
XUB1APBNM12+XUZC50 (5)
8 XU2N18PP340D XUB2BPANM12R XU5B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 (8)

XU1P18PP340L5 XUB1APANL5+XUZC50 (4) +XUB2BKSNM12T (4) XU5B18PP340L5 XUB0APSNL5 (8)
XUB1APBNL5+XUZC50 (5) XUB2BPBNM12R XU5M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 (8)
+XUB2BKSNM12T (5)
XU1P18PP340W XUB1APAWL2+XUZC50 (4)
XU5M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 (8)
XU2N18PP340L5 XUB2BPANL5R
XUB1APBWL2+XUZC50 (5)
+XUB2BKSNL5T (4) XU5M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 (8)
XU1P18PP340WD XUB1APAWM12+XUZC50 (4)
XUB2BPBNL5R XU5M18NP340W XUB5BNAWL2 (2)
XUB1APBWM12+XUZC50 (5) +XUB2BKSNL5T (5)
9
XUB5BNBWL2 (3)
XU1P18PP340WL5 XUB1APAWL5+XUZC50 (4) XU2N18PP340W XUB2BPAWL2R
+XUB2BKSWL2T (4) XU5M18NP340WL5 XUB5BNAWL5 (2)
XUB1APBWL5+XUZC50 (5)
XUB2BPBWL2R XUB5BNBWL5 (3)
XU2B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 +XUB2BKSWL2T (5) XU5M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 (8)
+XUB0AKSNL2T
XU5M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 (8)
10 Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reflector, XUZA5p and XUZX2000 are metal fixing brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adaptor (see pages 1/160 and 1/161).
(1) Sn = 2 m instead of 4 m.
(2) Sensor output NO, NPN connection.
(6) M18 threaded length = 44 mm instead of 50/55 mm.
(7) For a cable length = 10 m, the use of an M12 connector
(8) Sn = 0.3 m instead of 0.4 m. For a sensing distance Sn
greater than 0.3 m, see references XUB5pppppp on page
(3) Sensor output NC, NPN connection. version sensor combined with an XZCP1141L10 jumper cable 1/30.
(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection. (M12 with 10 m cable) is recommended.
(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection.
1/178
Substitution table Photo-electric sensors
Diameter 18 mm sensors (continued)

XU5M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 (8)
XU5P18PP340W XUB4APAWL2 (4)
XUB4APBWL2 (5)
XU9P18NP340
XU9P18NP340D
XUB0ANSNL2+XUZC50 (6)
XUB0ANSNM12+XUZC50 (6)
1
XU5M18PP340W XUB5BPAWL2 (4) XU5P18PP340WD XUB4APAWM12 (4) XU9P18NP340L5 XUB0ANSNL5+XUZC50 (6)
XUB5BPBWL2 (5) XUB4APBWM12 (5) XU9P18NP340W XUB0ANSWL2+XUZC50 (6)
XU5M18PP340WD XUB5BPAWM12 (4) XU5P18PP340WL5 XUB4APAWL5 (4) XU9P18NP340WD XUB0ANSWM12+XUZC50 (6)
XUB5BPBWM12 (5) XUB4APBWL5 (5) XU9P18PP340 XUB0APSNL2+XUZC50 (6)

XU5M18PP340WL5 XUB5BPAWL5 (4)
XUB5BPBWL5 (5)
XU8B18NP340
XU8B18NP340D
XUB0ANSNL2
XUB0ANSNM12
XU9P18PP340D
XU9P18PP340W
XUB0APSNM12+XUZC50 (6)
XUB0APSWL2+XUZC50 (6)
2
XU5N18NP340 XUB4BNANL2 (2) XU8B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 XU9P18PP340WD XUB0APSWM12+XUZC50 (6)
XUB4BNBNL2 (3) XU8B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 XU9P18PP340WL5 XUB0APSWL5+XUZC50 (6)
XU5N18NP340D XUB4BNANM12 (2) XU8B18PP340L10 XUB0APSNM12
+XZCP1141L10 (7)
XUB4BNBNM12 (3) Amplifiers for fibre optics
XU5N18NP340L5 XUB4BNANL5 (2)
XU8M18NP340
XU8M18NP340D
XUB0BNSNL2 (6)
XUB0BNSNM12 (6)
XUDH003537 XUDA1PSML2 3
XUB4BNBNL5 (3) XUDH003537S XUDA1PSMM8
XU8M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 (6)
XU5N18NP340W XUB4BNAWL2 (2) XUDH003937 XUDA2PSML2
XU8M18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2 (6)
XUB4BNBWL2 (3) XUDH003937S XUDA2PSMM8
XU8M18NP340WD XUB0BNSWM12 (6)
XU5N18NP340WD XUB4BNAWM12 (2) XUDJ003537 XUDA1NSML2
XU8M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 (6)
4
XUB4BNBWM12 (3) XUDJ003537S XUDA1NSMM8
XU8M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 (6)
XU5N18NP340WL5 XUB4BNANL5 (2) XUDJ003937 XUDA2NSML2
XU8M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 (6)
XUB4BNBNL5 (3) XUDJ003937S XUDA2NSMM8
XU8M18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2 (6)
XU5N18PP340 XUB4BPANL2 (4)
XU8M18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12 (6)
XUB4BPBNL2 (5) Compact design sensors type XUE
XU9B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2+XUZC50
XU5N18PP340D XUB4BPANM12 (4) XUEF010315 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)
XU9B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12+XUZC50
5
XUB4BPBNM12 (5) XUEF010315H7 XUX0ARCTT16
XU9B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2+XUZC50 +XUZX2000+XUZX2001
XU5N18PP340L5 XUB4BPANL5 (4)
XU9B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12+XUZC50 XUEF080319 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUB4BPBNL5 (5)
XU9B18PP340L5 XUB0APSNL5+XUZC50 +XUZC50 (10)
XU5N18PP340W XUB4BPAWL2 (4)
XU9M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2+XUZC50 (6) XUEF080319H4 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000
XUB4BPBWL2 (5) +XUZX2001+XUZC50
XU9M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12+XUZC50 (6)
XU5N18PP340WD XUB4BPAWM12 (4) XUEF10031 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XU9M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5+XUZC50 (6) +XUZC50 (10) (11)
XU5N18PP340WL5
XUB4BPBWM12 (5)
XUB4BPANL5 (4)
XU9M18NP340W XUB9BNAWL2+XUZC50 (2) (9) XUEF10031H7 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000
+XUZX2001+XUZC50 (11)
6
XUB9BNBWL2+XUZC50 (3)(9)
XUB4BPBNL5 (5) XUEF300314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)
XU9M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2+XUZC50 (6) (12)
XU5P18NP340 XUB4ANANL2 (2)
XU9M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12+XUZC50 (6) XUEF300314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUB4ANBNL2 (3)
XU9M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5+XUZC50 (6) +XUZX2001 (12)
XU5P18NP340D XUB4ANANM12 (2)
XUEH017535 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 (10)
7
XU9M18PP340W XUB9BPAWL2+XUZC50 (4) (9)
XUB4ANBNM12 (3) (13)
XUB9BPBWL2+XUZC50 (5) (9)
XU5P18NP340L5 XUB4ANANL5 (2) XUEH017535H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XU9M18PP340WD XUB9BPAWM12+XUZC50 (4)(9) +XUZX2001 (13)
XUB4ANBNL5 (3)
XUB9BPBWM12+XUZC50 (5)(9) XUEH10753 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 (10)
XU5P18NP340W XUB4ANAWL2 (2) (13)
XU9M18PP340WL5 XUB9BPAWL5+XUZC50 (4) (9)
XUB4ANBWL2 (3) XUEH10753H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XUB9BPBWL5+XUZC50 (5) (9) +XUZX2001 (13)
XU5P18NP340WD XUB4ANAWM12 (2)
XU5P18PP340
XUB4ANBWM12 (3)
XUB4APANL2 (2)
XU9N18NP340
XU9N18NP340D
XUB0BNSNL2+XUZC50 (6)
XUB0BNSNM12+XUZC50 (6)
XUEH3000 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000
(10) (12) 8
XU9N18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5+XUZC50 (6) XUEH3000H7 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000
XUB4APBNL2 (3) +XUZX2001 (12)
XU9N18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2+XUZC50 (6)
XU5P18PP340D XUB4APANM12 (2) XUEH307534 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XU9N18NP340WD XUB0BNSWM12+XUZC50 (6) (10) (12) (13)
XUB4APBNM12 (3)
XU9N18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2+XUZC50 (6) XUEH307534H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XU5P18PP340L10 XUB4APANM12
9
+XUZX2001 (12) (13)
+XZCP1141L10 (4) (7) XU9N18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12+XUZC50 (6)
XUEH753538 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XUB4APBNM12 XU9N18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5+XUZC50 (6) (10) (13) (14)
+XZCP1141L10 (5) (7)
XU9N18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2+XUZC50 (6) XUEH753538H4 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XU5P18PP340L5 XUB4APANL5 (4) +XUZX2001 (13) (14)
XU9N18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12+XUZC50 (6)
XUB4APBNL5 (5) XUET010315 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)
XU9N18PP340WL5 XUB0BPSWL5+XUZC50 (6)
(15)
Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reflector, XUZA5p and XUZX2000 are metal fixing brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adaptor (see pages 1/160 and 1/161).
(2) Sensor output NO, PNP connection.
(3) Sensor output NC, NPN connection.
cable (M12 with 10 m cable) is recommended. (12) Sn = 40 m instead of 50 m.
(8) Sn = 0.3 m instead of 0.4 m. For a sensing distance Sn greater (13) Output current switching capacity = 100 mA instead of
10
(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection. than 0.3 m, see references XUB5pppppp on page 1/30. 200 mA
(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection. (9) M18 threaded length = 28 mm instead of 55 mm. (14) Sn = 1.30 m instead of 2 m.
(6) M18 threaded length = 44 mm instead of 50/55 mm. (10) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 13.5. (15) Time delay relay output 0.02...15 s instead of
(7) For a cable length = 10 m, the use of an M12 connector (11) Sn = 11 m instead of 15 m. 0.0360 s.
version sensor combined with an XZCP1141L10 jumper
1/179
1 Compact design sensors type XUE (continued)

XUET010315H7 XUX0ARCTT16 +XUZX2000
XUJLM0619H7 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000
+XUZX2001 +XUZC50
XUJM700318D1
XUJM700318D2
XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZX2001 (15) XUJLM0619P9 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (17) XUJM700318H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUET080319 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 +XUZX2001
+XUZC50 (10) (15) XUJLM0811 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (16) XUJM700318P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (17)
+XUZX2001+XUZC50 (15) XUJLM0811H7 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT06031 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (16)
2
+XUZX2001 +XUZC50
XUET10031 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (10) (11) (15) XUJLM0811P9 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT060319 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (17) +XUZC50 (16)
+XUZX2001+XUZC50 (11) (15) XUJLM1503 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000 XUJT060319D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
(16) +XUZC50
XUET300314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (10)
(12) (15) XUJLM1503H7 XUX0ARCTT16T+XUZX2000 XUJT060319D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZX2001 +XUZC50
XUET300314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUJT060319H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
3
+XUZX2001 (12) (15) XUJLM1503P9 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000
(17) +XUZC50+XUZX2001
XUJLM1514 XUX2ARCNT16R+XUZX2000 XUJT060319P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000

Compact design sensors type XUJ +XUZC50 (17)
(16)
XUJK06353 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XUJLM1514H7 XUX2ARCNT16R+XUZX2000 XUJT06031D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (13) (16)
+XUZX2001 +XUZC50
XUJLM1514P9 XUX2ARCNT16R+XUZX2000 XUJT06031D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (13) (16)
(17) +XUZC50
4
XUJK063539D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000
XUJM06031 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT06031H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50(13)
+XUZC50 (16) +XUZC50+XUZX2001
XUJK063539D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000
XUJM060319 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT06031P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (13)
+XUZC50 (16) +XUZC50 (17)
XUJK063539H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
XUJM060319D1 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT100314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)
+XUZC50 +XUZX2001 (13)
+XUZC50 XUJT100314D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUJK063539P9 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (13) (17) XUJM060319D2 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT100314D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
5
+XUZC50
XUJK06353D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 XUJT100314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (13) XUJM060319H7 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000 +XUZX2001
+XUZX2001+XUZC50
XUJK06353D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 XUJT100314P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (17)
+XUZC50 (13) XUJM060319P9 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50 (17) XUJT120318 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)
+XUZC50 +XUZX2001 (13) XUJM06031D1 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT120318D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZC50
XUJK06353P9 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 XUJT120318D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
6 +XUZC50 (13) (17) XUJM06031D2 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000

+XUZC50 XUJT120318H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUJK103534 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 +XUZX2001
(13)(16) XUJM06031H7 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000
+XUZX2001 + XUZC50 XUJT120318P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (17)
XUJK103534D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)
XUJM06031P9 XUX1ARCNT16+XUZX2000 XUJT700318 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)
XUJK103534D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13) +XUZC50 (17) XUJT700318D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUJK103534H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 XUJM1000 XUX0AKSAT16T+XUZX2000(16) XUJT700318D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
+XUZX2001 (13)
7
XUJM1000D1 XUX0AKSAM12T+XUZX2000 XUJT700318H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
XUJM1000D2 XUX0AKSAM12T+XUZX2000 +XUZX2001
(13)(17)
XUJM1000H7 XUX0AKSAT16T+XUZX2000 XUJT700318P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (17)
(13)(16) +XUZX2001
XUJK123538D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13) XUJM1000P9 XUX0AKSAT16T+XUZX2000 (17) Compact design sensors type XUK
XUJK123538D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13) XUJM100314 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16) XUK1ARCTL10 XUK1ARCNL10+XUZA51

+XUZC50
XUJM100314D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000
8
+XUZX2001 (13) XUK1ARCTL2 XUK1ARCNL2+XUZA51
XUJM100314D2 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 +XUZC50
XUJM100314H7 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAL10 XUK2APANL10R
(13)(17)
+XUZX2001 +XUK0AKSNL10T
XUJK703538 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 +2 x XUZA51 (4)
XUJM100314P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (17)
(13)(16)
XUK2APBNL10R
XUJM120318 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)
XUJK703538D1 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13) +XUK0AKSNL10T
XUJM120318D1 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 +2 x XUZA51 (5)
XUJK703538D2 XUX0AKSAM12+XUZX2000 (13)
9 XUJK703538H7 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000
+XUZX2001 (13)
XUJM120318D2
XUJM120318H7
XUK2ANANL10R
+XUK0AKSNL10T
+2 x XUZA51 (2)
+XUZX2001
XUJK703538P9 XUX0AKSAT16+XUZX2000 XUK2ANBNL10R
(13)(17) XUJM120318P9 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (17) +XUK0AKSNL10T
XUJLM0619 XUX9ARCNT16+XUZX2000 +2 x XUZA51 (3)
XUJM700318 XUX0ARCTT16+XUZX2000 (16)
+XUZC50 (16)
10 Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reflector, XUZA5p and XUZX2000 are metal fixing brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adaptor (see pages 1/160 and 1/161).
(15) Time delay relay output 0.02...15 s instead of
0.03...60 s.
(4) Sensor output NO, PNP connection. (13) Output current switching capacity = 100 mA instead of (16) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 11.
(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection. 200 mA. (17) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 9.
(10) Sensor with M16 threaded cable entry instead of Pg 13.5.
1/180
Compact design sensors type XUK (continued)

XUK9AKSAM12 XUK9APANM12+XUZA51
+XUZC50 (4)
XUMLH0451L10 XUM1APANL10+XUZA50 (4)
XUM1APBNL10+XUZA50 (5)
1
XUK9APBNM12+XUZA51
XUK2AKSAL2 XUK2APANL2R +XUZC50 (5) XUMLH0451S XUM1APANM8+XUZA50 (4)
+XUK0AKSNL2T
XUK9ANANM12+XUZA51 XUM1APBNM8+XUZA50 (5)
+2 x XUZA51 (4)
+XUZC50 (2) XUMLH0451T10 XUM1APANL2+XUZA50 (4)
XUK2APBNL2R
+XUK0AKSNL2T XUK9ANBNM12+XUZA51 XUM1APBNL2+XUZA50 (5)
2
+2 x XUZA51 (5) +XUZC50 (3)
XUMLH0803 XUM2AKSNL2T+XUZA50
XUK2ANANL2R XUK9ARCTL10 XUK9ARCNL10+XUZA51
+XUK0AKSNL2T +XUZC50 XUMLH0803S XUM2AKSNM8T+XUZA50
+2 x XUZA51 (2)
XUK9ARCTL2 XUK9ARCNL2+XUZA51 XUMLH0854 XUM2APANL2R+XUZA50 (4)
XUK2ANBNL2R +XUZC50
XUM2APBNL2R+XUZA50 (5)
+XUK0AKSNL2T
+2 x XUZA51 (3) XUMLH0854S XUM2APANM8R+XUZA50 (4)
Compact design sensors type XUL
XUK2AKSAM12 XUK2APANM12R XUM2APBNM8R+XUZA50 (5)
3
+XUK0AKSNM12T XULH153538 XUK0AKSAL2+XUZA51 (13)
+2 x XUZA51 (4) XUMLH1055 XUM6APANL2+XUZA50 (4)
XULH153538D XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
XUK2APBNM12R XUM6APBNL2+XUZA50 (5)
XULH153538H7 XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
+XUK0AKSNM12T
XUMLH1055S XUM6APANM8+XUZA50 (4)
+2 x XUZA51 (5) XULH153538L05 XUK0AKSAL5+XUZA51 (13)
XUM6APBNM8+XUZA50 (5)
XUK2ANANM12R XULH153538L10 XUK0AKSAL10+XUZA51 (13)
+XUK0AKSNM12T XUMLH4055 XUM5APANL2+XUZA50 (4)
+2 x XUZA51 (2) XULH303538 XUK0AKSAL2+XUZA51 (13)
4
XUM5APBNL2+XUZA50 (5)
XUK2ANBNM12R XULH303538D XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
+XUK0AKSNM12T XUMLH4055S XUM5APANM8+XUZA50 (4)
XULH303538DH7 XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
+2 x XUZA51 (3)
XULH303538L05 XUK0AKSAL5+XUZA51 (13)
XUK2ARCTL10 XUK0ARCTL10
XUMLH4055T10 XUM5APANL2+XUZA50 (4)
+XUK0ARCTL10T XULH303538L10 XUK0AKSAL10+XUZA51(13)
+2 x XUZA51 XUM5APBNL2+XUZA50 (5)
XULJ153538 XUK0AKSAL2+XUZA51 (13)
XUK2ARCTL2 XUK0ARCTL2 XUMLJ0259 XUM9ANANL2+XUZA50 (2)
+XUK0ARCTL2T XULJ153538D XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
5
+2 x XUZA51 XUM9ANBNL2+XUZA50 (3)
XULJ153538H7 XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
XUK5AKSAL10 XUK5APANL10+XUZA51 (4) XUMLJ0259S XUM9ANANM8+XUZA50 (2)
XULJ153538L05 XUK0AKSAL5+XUZA51 (13)
XUK5APBNL10+XUZA51 (5) XUM9ANBNM8+XUZA50 (3)
XULJ303538 XUK0AKSAL2+XUZA51 (13)
XUK5ANANL10+XUZA51 (2) XUMLJ0451 XUM1ANANL2+XUZA50 (2)
XULJ303538D XUK0AKSAM12+XUZA51 (13)
XUK5ANBNL10+XUZA51 (3) XUM1ANBNL2+XUZA50 (3)
XULJ303538L05 XUK0AKSAL5+XUZA51 (13)
XUK5AKSAL2 XUK5APANL2+XUZA51 (4) XUMLJ0451S XUM1ANANM8+XUZA50 (2)
XUK5APBNL2+XUZA51 (5)
XUK5ANANL2+XUZA51 (2)
Compact design sensors type XUM
XUMH023539 XUM0APSAL2+XUZA50 XUMLJ0854
XUM1ANBNM8+XUZA50 (3)
XUM2ANANL2R+XUZA50 (2)
6
XUK5ANBNL2+XUZA51 (3) XUMH023539L10 XUM0APSAL10+XUZA50 XUM2ANBNL2R+XUZA50 (3)
XUK5AKSAM12 XUK5APANM12+XUZA51 (4) XUMH03353 XUM0APSAL2+XUZA50 XUMLJ0854S XUM2ANANM8R+XUZA50 (2)
XUK5APBNM12+XUZA51 (5) XUMH03353L10 XUM0APSAL10+XUZA50 XUM2ANBNM8R+XUZA50 (3)
XUK5ANANM12+XUZA51 (2) XUMH07301 XUM0AKSAL2T+XUZA50 XUMLJ1055 XUM6ANANL2+XUZA50 (2)
XUK5ARCTL10
XUK5ANBNM12+XUZA51 (3)
XUK5ARCNL10+XUZA51
XUMH07301L10
XUMH073534
XUM0AKSAL10T+XUZA50
XUM0APSAL2+XUZA50 XUMLJ1055S
XUM6ANBNL2+XUZA50 (3)
XUM6ANANM8+XUZA50 (2)
7
XUK5ARCTL2 XUK5ARCNL2+XUZA51 XUMH073534L10 XUM0APSAL10+XUZA50 XUM6ANBNM8+XUZA50 (3)
XUK9AKSAL10 XUK9APANL10+XUZA51 XUMH103535 XUM0APSAL2+XUZA50 XUMLJ4055 XUM5ANANL2+XUZA50 (2)

+XUZC50 (4)
XUMH703535 XUM0APSAL2+XUZA50 (20) XUM5ANBNL2+XUZA50 (3)
XUK9APBNL10+XUZA51
XUMJ023539 XUM0ANSAL2+XUZA50 XUMLJ4055S XUM5ANANM8+XUZA50 (2)
+XUZC50 (5)
XUK9ANANL10+XUZA51
+XUZC50 (2)
XUMJ03353
XUMJ073534
XUM0ANSAL2+XUZA50
XUM0ANSAL2+XUZA50
XUM5ANBNM8+XUZA50 (3)
8
XUK9ANBNL10+XUZA51 XUMJ103535 XUM0ANSAL2+XUZA50
+XUZC50 (3)
XUMJ703535 XUM0ANSAL2+XUZA50 (20)
XUK9AKSAL2 XUK9APANL2+XUZA51
+XUZC50 (4) XUMLH0259 XUM9APANL2+XUZA50 (4)
XUK9APBNL2+XUZA51 XUM9APBNL2+XUZA50 (5)

+XUZC50 (5)
XUK9ANANL2+XUZA51
XUMLH0259S XUM9APANM8+XUZA50 (4) 9
+XUZC50 (2)
XUMLH0451 XUM1APANL2+XUZA50 (4)
XUK9ANBNL2+XUZA51
+XUZC50 (3) XUM1APBNL2+XUZA50 (5)
Note: XUZC50 is a 50 x 50 mm reflector, XUZA5p and XUZX2000 are metal fixing brackets and XUZX2001 is an M16 to 1/2 NPT adaptor (see pages 1/160 and 1/161).
(5) Sensor output NC, PNP connection.
(13) Output current switching capacity = 100 mA instead of
200 mA.
10
(20) Sn = 0.4 m instead of 0.7 m.

1/181

CH1 Photo Electric Sensors

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

CH1 Photo Electric Sensors

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Contents 1 - Photo-electric sensors

Selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/2

1 b Osiconcept : Offering Simplicity through innovation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/14

b Osiris Universel, Osiconcept

Osiris Forks design

Osiris Application, packaging series

8 v Compact design 50 X 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 1/88

9 b For detection of tranparent materials, with teach mode and automatic

Osiris Application, materials handling series

Osiris Application, other formats

Osiris Universel, Optimum et Application

3 Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 18, threaded M18 x 1

Maximum Without accessory (diffuse with 0.12 0.12

Degree of protection IP65 IP65

Page 1/28 1/28

(1) Depending on model.

Miniature design Compact design, 50 x 50 Compact design

Osiconcept Osiconcept Osiconcept

0.10 0.28 1.3

IP65 IP65 IP65

(1) Depending on model.

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 18, threaded M18 x 1

Maximum Without accessory (diffuse with

4 With reflector (reflex) 5.5 5.5

Degree of protection IP65 IP65

6 Type reference XUBpA XUBpB

Page 1/30 1/31

(1) Depending on model.

Miniature design Compact design, 50 x 50 Compact design

1, with adjustable sensitivity 1.5 3

IP65 IP65 IP65

XUM pA XUK pA XUX pA 6

(1) Depending on model.

Recommended applications Detection of labels Detection on Detection of Detection of

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm Passageway: 2 to 120 12 x 37.5 x 80 16 x 47.3 x 90.5

Case Metal Metal Metal Metal

8 Type reference XUY FNEPp

Page 1/48 1/50 1/52 1/54

Recommended applications Packaging

Detection of Detection of Detection of Detection of Verifying

5 Format Compact design Fibre design Compact Design 18 Fibre design

Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 50 x 50 x 15 13 x 72 x 30 30 x 87 x 63 18, threaded 13 x 76.7 x 30

6 Case Plastic Plastic Metal Plastic

Sensing Diffuse with background suppression Sensing

Degree of protection IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP65

Output Solid-state (PNP or NPN) Solid-state PNP/NPN

Type reference XUK R XUYDCF XURK XU5M XUYAFL

Packaging Food and beverage processing

Solid-state (PNP or NPN) P output PNP, NPN Solid-state Solid-state Solid-state

Recommended applications Materials handling

1 Laser Detection and

Measurement, servo control, position control,

Format Design 18 Frame design Compact design Design 18

4 Dimensions (w x h x d) in mm 18, threaded 15 x 50 x 108 27 x 85 x 61 18, threaded

6 Thru-beam 0...100 with teach

Degree of protection IP67 IP65 IP67 IP67

(1) Depending on model.

Thru-beam with high

Design 18 Compact design Compact design Compact design Compact design

Metal Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic

Solid-state (PNP) + analogue

Recommended applications Other formats

1 With stability LED.

5 Case Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic